Document:

EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 
 CROWN
HOLDINGS, INC. 
 ISSUANCE BY 

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A. 

OF 
 €650,000,000 4%
Senior Notes due 2022 
 Purchase Agreement 

June 26, 2014 
 BNP PARIBAS 

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC 
 As
Representatives of the several Initial 
 Purchasers named in Schedule I hereto 

c/o BNP Paribas 
 10 Harewood Avenue 

London NW1 6AA 
 United Kingdom 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 Crown Holdings, Inc., a
Pennsylvania corporation (“Holdings”), and the indirect parent company of Crown European Holdings S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of France (the “Issuer”), proposes that the
Issuer issue and sell to the several purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom BNP Paribas and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (the “Representatives”) are acting as
representatives, €650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture to be dated as of July 8, 2014 (the “Indenture”)
among the Issuer, Holdings, as a guarantor, the other guarantors named in Schedule II hereto (together with Holdings, the “Guarantors” and, together with the Issuer, the “Companies”), Crown Verpakking
Nederland BV, as a guarantor (the “Dutch Guarantor”), U.S. Bank Global Corporate Trust Services, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and Elavon Financial Services Limited, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. The
Notes will have the benefit of the guarantees (the “Guarantees” and, together with the Notes, the “Securities”) provided for in the Indenture. The use of the neuter in this Purchase Agreement (this
“Agreement”) shall include the feminine and masculine wherever appropriate. Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 18 hereof. 

Pursuant to the offer to purchase dated June 23, 2014 (the “Offer to Purchase”), Holdings is offering to purchase any
and all of the Issuer’s outstanding 71/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Existing Notes”) issued under the indenture
dated as of July 28, 2010 (as amended and supplemented and in effect on the date hereof (the “Existing Notes Indenture”). As 

 
described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum (each as defined below), the Issuer intends to use the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Securities to
(i) repurchase any and all of the Existing Notes tendered pursuant to the Tender Offer and redeem all Existing Notes not so tendered and (ii) pay any related fees and expenses, including applicable tender premiums, redemption premiums and
accrued interest on the Existing Notes. 
 This purchase agreement (the “Agreement”), the Securities, the Indenture, the
Offer to Purchase and the agreements and instruments to which Holdings or any of its subsidiaries is a signatory relating to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Tender Offer and the issuance and sale of the Securities
contemplated hereby, collectively, are referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents”. 
 The sale of the Securities to
the Initial Purchasers will be made without registration of the Securities under the Act in reliance upon exemptions from the registration requirements of the Act. 

In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Companies have prepared a preliminary offering memorandum dated June 23, 2014
(including the information incorporated by reference therein, the “Preliminary Memorandum”), setting forth or including a description of the terms of the Securities, the terms of the offering of the Securities, a description of the
Companies and any material developments relating to the Companies occurring after the date of the most recent historical financial statements included therein. As used herein, “Pricing Disclosure Package” shall mean the Preliminary
Memorandum, as supplemented or amended by the written communications listed on Annex A hereto in the most recent form that has been prepared and delivered by the Companies to the Initial Purchasers in connection with their solicitation of
offers to purchase Securities prior to the time when sales of the Securities were first made (the “Time of Execution”). Promptly after the Time of Execution and in any event no later than the second Business Day following the Time
of Execution, the Companies will prepare and deliver to the Initial Purchasers a final offering memorandum (including the information incorporated by reference therein, the “Final Memorandum”), which will consist of the Preliminary
Memorandum with such changes therein as are required to reflect the information contained in the amendments or supplements listed on Annex A hereto. The Companies hereby confirm that they have authorized the use of the Pricing Disclosure
Package, the Final Memorandum and the Recorded Road Show (defined below) in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers. 

1. Representations and Warranties. As of the Time of Execution and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3 below), the
Companies, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to and agree with each of the Initial Purchasers as follows (references in this Section 1 to the “Offering Memorandum” are to (i) the Pricing Disclosure Package in
the case of representations and warranties made as of the Time of Execution and (ii) both the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum in the case of representations and warranties made at the Closing Date): 

(a) The Preliminary Memorandum, at the date thereof, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 

  
 -2- 

 
misleading. At the Time of Execution, the Pricing Disclosure Package does not, and on the Closing Date, will not, and the Final Memorandum as of its date and on the Closing Date will not, contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Companies make no
representation or warranty as to the information contained in or omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and Final Memorandum, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Companies by or on behalf of the
Initial Purchasers specifically for inclusion therein. The Companies have not distributed or referred to and will not distribute or refer to any written communications (as defined in Rule 405 of the Act) that constitute an offer to sell or
solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities (each such communication by the Companies or their agents and representatives (other than the Pricing Disclosure Package and Final Memorandum) an “Issuer Written Communication”) other
than the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Memorandum and the recorded electronic road show made available to investors (the “Recorded Road Show”). Any information in an Issuer Written Communication that is not otherwise
included in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum does not conflict with the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Final Memorandum, and each Issuer Written Communication, when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, does
not at the Time of Execution and, when taken together with the Final Memorandum at the Closing Date, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
 (b) None of the Companies or their respective
Affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of them (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which the Companies make no representation or warranty), has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of any security, or solicited offers to
buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers in Section 4 of this Agreement, it is not necessary
in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers or the initial resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers, in each case, in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, to register any of the
Securities under the Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
 (c) None of the Companies or their
respective Affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of them (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which the Companies make no representation or warranty), has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within
the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States. 
 (d) The
Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Act. 
 (e) None of the Companies or their
respective Affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of them (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which the Companies make no representation or warranty), has engaged in any “directed selling efforts” with 

  
 -3- 

 
respect to the Securities, and each of the Companies and their respective Affiliates has complied with the “offering restrictions” requirement of Regulation S. Terms used in this
paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S. 
 (f) No securities of any of the Companies are of the same class
(within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act) as any of the Securities and listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system. 

(g) None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds from the
sale of the Securities) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the Exchange Act, or any regulation promulgated thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System. 
 (h) Application will be made by the Companies for the Securities to be listed on the Official List of the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange and for the Securities to be admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. 

(i) None of the Companies or their respective subsidiaries is, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the
Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum none of them will be, required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. 

(j) Holdings is subject to the reporting requirements of, and has timely filed all material required to be filed by it pursuant
to, Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 
 (k) None of the Companies or their respective Affiliates
has paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any securities of any of them (except as contemplated by this Agreement). 

(l) None of the Companies or their respective Affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or
which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of any of them to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 (m) The information to be provided by the Companies pursuant to Section 5(h) hereof will not, at the date thereof,
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 

(n) The statements in the Offering Memorandum set forth or referenced under the headings “Crown’s Business—Legal
Proceedings”, “Description of Certain Indebtedness”, “Description of the Notes”, “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Material French Tax Considerations” fairly summarize the matters
therein described. 

  
 -4- 

 (o) The statistical and market-related data included in the Offering Memorandum
are based on or derived from sources which the Companies believe to be reliable and accurate in all material respects. 
 (p)
There are no contracts, agreements or other documents or pending legal or governmental proceedings to which any of the Companies or their respective subsidiaries is a party or any property of any of the Companies or their respective subsidiaries is
subject that would be required to be described in a prospectus under the Act that have not been described in the Offering Memorandum. The contracts, agreements and other documents so described in the Offering Memorandum are in full force and effect
on the date of this Agreement. None of the Companies or their respective subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of any Company, any other party is in breach of or default under any such contracts, agreements or other documents, other than a breach or
default that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the issue and sale of the Securities or the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (including, without limitation,
the Tender Offer and the application of the proceeds from the issuance of the Securities) or (ii) the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or
not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business (“Material Adverse Effect”). 
 (q)
Holdings and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing as a corporation or other legal entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which they are organized, with full corporate or other statutory
power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and operate their properties and conduct their business as described in the Offering Memorandum. Holdings and each of its subsidiaries are duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation or other legal entity and are in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except where the failure to do so qualify or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect. 
 (r) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of Holdings have been duly and
validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, all outstanding shares of capital stock of such subsidiaries are owned by Holdings, either directly or through wholly-owned subsidiaries, free and
clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances, except for any such perfected security interests, or other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances described in the Offering
Memorandum or that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture). 

(s) Holdings’ capitalization is as set forth in the “Actual” column of the table set forth under the heading
“Capitalization” in the Offering Memorandum. On the Closing Date, Holdings’ capitalization will be consistent in all material respects with the “As Adjusted” column of the table set forth under the heading
“Capitalization” in the Offering Memorandum. 

  
 -5- 

 (t) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each
Company. 
 (u) The Indenture has been duly authorized by each of the Companies and the Dutch Guarantor and, assuming the due
authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee, when executed and delivered by each of the Companies and the Dutch Guarantor, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the Companies and the Dutch Guarantor,
enforceable against each of the Companies and the Dutch Guarantor in accordance with its terms (except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other laws
of general applicability affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought regardless of whether such
enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The Indenture meets the requirements for qualification under the Trust Indenture Act. 

(v) The Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuer and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of
the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with the terms hereof, will have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, entitled
to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms (except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other
laws of general applicability affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought regardless of whether such
enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). 
 (w) The Guarantees have been duly authorized by the
Guarantors and the Dutch Guarantor and, when the Notes have been executed in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, will have been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantors and the Dutch Guarantor and will constitute legal, valid and
binding obligations of the Guarantors and the Dutch Guarantor, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Guarantors and the Dutch Guarantor in accordance with their terms (except that the enforcement thereof may be
subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other laws of general applicability affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity and the
discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). 

(x) Each other Transaction Document has been duly authorized by each Company a party thereto and, to the extent a party
thereto, the Dutch Guarantor, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties thereto, when executed and delivered by each such Company and, to the extent a party thereto, the Dutch Guarantor, will constitute
the legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Company and, to the extent a party thereto, the Dutch Guarantor, enforceable 

  
 -6- 

 
against each such Company and, to the extent a party thereto, the Dutch Guarantor, in accordance with its terms (except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other laws of general applicability affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before
which any proceeding therefor may be brought regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity and except that any rights to indemnity and contribution further may be limited or prohibited by Federal or state
securities laws and public policy considerations). 
 (y) The documents (or portions thereof) incorporated by reference in
the Offering Memorandum when they became effective or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents
contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 

(z) No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in
connection with the issue and sale of the Notes or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (including the Offer to Purchase), except such as may be required by the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or under the
blue sky laws of any state in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated herein and in the Offering Memorandum, and except where the failure to obtain the same would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (aa) None of the execution and delivery by any of the Companies
party thereto or, to the extent a party thereto, the Dutch Guarantor, of any of the Transaction Documents, the issue and sale of the Securities, the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (including, without
limitation, the Tender Offer and the application of the proceeds from the issuance of the Securities) will conflict with, result in a breach or violation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of any of the
Companies or, if applicable, the Dutch Guarantor, or their respective subsidiaries pursuant to (i) the organizational documents of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of
trust, note agreement, loan agreement, credit agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which Holdings or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which any property or assets of Holdings or any of its
subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to Holdings or any of its subsidiaries or any property or assets of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over Holdings or any of its subsidiaries or property or assets of any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, as
would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to materially adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Securities or of the Initial Purchasers under the Transaction Documents. 

  
 -7- 

 (bb) The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of Holdings
and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Offering Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates and for the
periods indicated, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
involved (except as otherwise noted therein). The selected historical financial data set forth under the caption “Selected Historical Financial Data” in the Offering Memorandum comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
requirements of the Act (except that historical data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 is omitted) and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout
the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein). The financial data set forth under the caption “Summary—Summary Historical and Adjusted Consolidated Condensed Financial Data” in the Offering Memorandum fairly present, on the
basis stated in the Offering Memorandum, the information included therein. The adjusted and pro forma financial data included in the Offering Memorandum include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects
directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical amounts in the
adjusted financial data included in the Offering Memorandum. 
 (cc) Other than as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, no
action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving Holdings or any of its subsidiaries or any property or assets of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries is pending or, to the
knowledge of Holdings, threatened that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (dd) Holdings and
each of its subsidiaries own or lease all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of their operations as presently conducted. Holdings and each of its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or
easements or other limited property interests in, or are licensed to use, all their material properties and assets, except for minor defects that do not interfere with their ability to conduct their business as currently conducted or utilize such
properties and assets for their intended purposes, and except where failure to have such title, leasehold interests, easements or other limited property interests or licenses to use, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. All material properties and assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries are free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except for Permitted Liens (as defined in the Indenture) and as described in the
Offering Memorandum. Each of the Companies and their respective subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all personal property it purports to own, except as described in the Offering Memorandum. 

(ee) Neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its organizational
documents; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement, credit agreement or other 

  
 -8- 

 
agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property or assets is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment,
order or decree applicable to it or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over it or any such subsidiaries or any of their respective
property or assets, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such violation or default which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(ff) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (the “Independent Accountants”), who have certified certain financial
statements of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries and delivered their report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules included in the Offering Memorandum, are independent public accountants with respect to
Holdings within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act and the related published rules and regulations thereunder. 

(gg) Holdings and each of its subsidiaries have timely filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are
required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect). Holdings and each of its subsidiaries have timely paid all taxes
required to be paid by it whether or not shown in such returns (including withholding taxes) and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment,
fine or penalty that is being contested in good faith or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(hh) No labor problem or dispute with the employees of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries exists or is threatened or imminent,
and there is no existing or imminent labor disturbance or collective bargaining activities by the employees of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of any of the Companies, by the employees of any of the principal suppliers,
contractors or customers of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries, in each case, that would have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(ii) Holdings and each of its subsidiaries, except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, or to the extent it would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged. All
policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring Holdings or any of its subsidiaries or the businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries are in full force and effect other than any policies
of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds that, if not in full force and effect, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Holdings and each of its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and
instruments in all material respects. There are no claims by Holdings or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause, except for
such claims which, if successfully denied, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage 

  
 -9- 

 
sought or applied for. Neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires
or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(jj) No subsidiary of Holdings is prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends on such subsidiary’s
capital stock, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to Holdings or any other subsidiary of Holdings any loans or advances to such subsidiary from Holdings or such other subsidiary or from
transferring any of such subsidiary’s property or assets to Holdings or any other subsidiary of Holdings, except as described in or contemplated by the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto). 

(kk) Holdings and each of its subsidiaries own or possess adequate licenses or other rights to use all patents, trademarks,
service marks, trade names, copyrights and know-how that are necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Offering Memorandum, except where the failure to own or possess such licenses or other rights to use such patents,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and know-how would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with (or knows of
any such infringement of or conflict with) asserted rights of others with respect to any patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights or know-how that, if such assertion of infringement or conflict were sustained, could have a
Material Adverse Effect. 
 (ll) Holdings and each of its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other
authorizations issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to possess such licenses, certificates, permits or other
authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate,
authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(mm) Holdings and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable
assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is
compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Holdings and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule
13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, 

  
 -10- 

 
or under the supervision of, management to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
 (nn) (i) Holdings and each of its subsidiaries are in
compliance in all material respects with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations and rules of common law relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources or occupational health and
safety, including without limitation those relating to the release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials (“Environmental Laws”); (ii) Holdings and each of its subsidiaries have received and are in compliance in all
material respects with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their businesses as currently conducted; (iii) neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries has received written
notice of any actual or potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any Hazardous Materials; (iv) there is no civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, demand, claim, hearing, notice of violation, investigation,
proceeding, notice or demand letter or request for information pending or, to the knowledge of any of the Companies, threatened against Holdings or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Law; (v) no lien, charge, encumbrance or
restriction has been recorded under any Environmental Law with respect to any assets, facility or property owned, operated, leased or controlled by Holdings or any of its subsidiaries; (vi) neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries is
subject to any order, decree, consent, settlement or agreement requiring, or is otherwise obligated or required to perform, any response or corrective action relating to any Hazardous Materials; (vii) neither Holdings nor any of its
subsidiaries has received written notice that it has been identified as a potentially responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), or any comparable state
or foreign law; (viii) no property or facility of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries is (x) listed or, to the knowledge of the Companies, proposed for listing on the National Priorities List under CERCLA or (y) listed in the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System List promulgated pursuant to CERCLA, or on any comparable list maintained by any governmental authority; and (ix) there are no past or present actions, events,
operations or activities which would reasonably be expected to prevent or interfere with compliance by Holdings or any of its subsidiaries with any applicable Environmental Law or result in liability (including, without limitation, fines or
penalties) under any applicable Environmental Law, except, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (ix) above, as (A) described in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) or (B) would not
reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. “Hazardous Materials” means any hazardous or toxic substance, chemical, material, pollutant, waste, contaminant or constituent, which is
subject to regulation under or could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. 
 (oo) In the ordinary course of
its business, Holdings periodically reviews the effect of Environmental Laws on the business, operations and properties of Holdings and its subsidiaries, in the course of which it seeks to identify and evaluate associated costs and liabilities. On
the basis of such review, and except as described in the Offering Memorandum, Holdings does not reasonably expect that such associated costs and liabilities would, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 -11- 

 (pp) Holdings and each of its subsidiaries have fulfilled their obligations, if
any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each
“plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations) in which employees of any of the Companies or their respective subsidiaries are eligible to participate, and each such plan is, and on the
Closing Date will be, in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations. Neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred any unpaid liability to the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (other than for the payment of premiums in the ordinary course) under Title IV of ERISA. 

(qq) None of the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates or any director, officer, agent or employee of any of the
Companies or their respective Affiliates has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any
foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; (iv) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Bribery Act 2010 of the United
Kingdom; or (v) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment. 
 (rr) The
operations of Holdings and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the
money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions that apply to Holdings or its subsidiaries, the rules and regulations thereunder, and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued administered or enforced by any relevant
governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”), and no material action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving Holdings or any of its
subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings, threatened. 
 (ss) None
of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Holdings, any director, officer, agent or employee of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries is or has been in violation of any applicable economic or trade sanctions under the laws of the
United States or the European Union relating to money laundering, unlawful financial activities or unlawful use or appropriation of corporate funds, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
Treasury, European Union, the United Nations Security Council, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”); the Issuer agrees that it will not directly or indirectly use the
proceeds of the offering and sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any person or entity, or any subsidiary, joint venture partner or sub-division of such other person or entity, for the purpose of
financing the activities of any person or entity with whom transactions are currently prohibited under any Sanctions. 

  
 -12- 

 (tt) The issue of the Notes by the Issuer and the Guarantees by the Guarantors
will not result in a breach of any provisions relating to financial assistance, principles of corporate benefit or any similar law or regulation of the jurisdictions applicable to the Issuer, which could invalidate the enforceability of the Notes or
the Guarantees; 
 (uu) None of Holdings, its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Holdings, any director, officer, agent,
employee or Affiliate of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries has distributed or, prior to the later to occur of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) the completion of the distribution of the Notes, will distribute any material referring to the
offering and sale of the Notes other than the Preliminary Memorandum, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Final Memorandum or other materials, if any, permitted by the Act and the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the
“FSMA”) (or regulations or legislation promulgated pursuant to the Act or the FSMA) or required to be distributed by the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. 

(vv) Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, and subject to the limitations described therein, no income, stamp or
other taxes or levies, imposts, deductions, charges, compulsory loans or withholdings whatsoever (collectively, “Taxes”) are or will be, under applicable law in France, the United States or any other jurisdiction of incorporation,
organization, formation, tax residency or place of business, as the case may be, of the Companies, or a jurisdiction in which any Company has a paying agent (for the avoidance of doubt, such paying agent not to include any Guarantor) with respect to
the Notes, or any political subdivision thereof or therein (each, a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), imposed on, assessed against, levied against or collected with respect to any holder of the Notes by any such Taxing Jurisdiction on or in respect
of principal, interest, premiums and penalties or other amounts payable under the Securities, or on account of the issue and sale, by the Companies or the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Indenture or any payments hereunder
or thereunder, except for Taxes of a holder of the Notes levied, imposed, deducted, charged, compulsorily lent or withheld by any jurisdiction where such holder is incorporated, organized, formed or tax resident. 

(ww) None of the Companies or any property or assets of any of the Companies has any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or
from any legal process. 
 (xx) After giving effect to savings clauses in the Indenture and the Guarantees that limit the
liability of the Guarantors and the Dutch Guarantor in certain cases to the extent provided therein, the fair value and present fair saleable value of the assets of each of the Companies and their respective subsidiaries exceeds, and immediately
after the consummation of the issue and sale of the Securities and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will exceed, the sum of its stated liabilities and identified contingent liabilities. After
giving effect to savings clauses in the Indenture and the Guarantees that limit the liability of the Guarantors and the Dutch Guarantor in certain cases to the extent provided therein, none of the 

  
 -13- 

 
Companies or their respective subsidiaries is, and immediately after the consummation of the issue and sale of the Securities and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the
Transaction Documents none of them will be, (x) left with unreasonably small capital with which to carry on its business as it is proposed to be conducted, (y) unable to pay its debts (contingent or otherwise) as they mature or
(z) otherwise insolvent. 
 (yy) None of the subsidiaries of the Holdings nor any of the Companies has applied or will
apply until the Closing Date and/or is or will be at the Closing Date subject to: 
 (i) the administration of an ad hoc
representative (mandataire ad hoc); 
 (ii) (ii) a conciliation proceedings (procédure de
conciliation); 
 (iii) (iii) a safeguard proceedings (procédure de sauvegarde), an accelerated financial
safeguard proceedings (procédure de sauvegarde financière accélérée) or an accelerated safeguard proceedings (procédure de sauvegarde accélérée); 

(iv) a judgment issued for (i) the judicial reorganization (redressement judiciaire) or (ii) the judicial
liquidation (liquidation judiciaire); 
 (v) a transfer of the whole of the business (cession totale de
l’entreprise); 
 (vi) a voluntary liquidation; 

(vii) any other proceedings under any applicable laws which has an analogous effect to any of the proceedings referred to from
(i) to (vi) in this paragraph; 
 (viii) any conveyance, assignment or other arrangement for the benefit of its
creditors; or 
 (ix) any composition with its creditors. 

(zz) None of the Companies or their respective Affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of them (other than the
Initial Purchasers, as to which the Companies make no representation or warranty), has offered or sold and will offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Notes to the public in France or has distributed or caused to be distributed or will
distribute or cause to be distributed to the public in France the Preliminary Memorandum, the Final Memorandum or any other offering material relating to the Notes, and that such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in
France to (i) providers of investment services relating to portfolio management for the account of third parties (personnes fournissant le service d’investissement de gestion de portefeuille pour compte de tiers) and/or
(ii) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés), all as defined in, and in accordance with, Articles L.411-1, L.411-2 and D.411-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier. 

  
 -14- 

 (aaa) Holdings and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of
“disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that is designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Holdings in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to Holdings’
management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Holdings and its subsidiaries have carried out evaluations, with the participation of management, of the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures as
required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, 
 Any certificate signed by any officer of any of the Companies and delivered to the Initial
Purchasers or counsel for the Initial Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Company, as to matters covered thereby, to each Initial Purchaser. 

2. Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set
forth, the Issuer agrees to sell to each Initial Purchaser, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Issuer, at a purchase price equal to 98.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if
any, from July 8, 2014 to the Closing Date, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser’s name in Schedule I hereto. 

3. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made at 10:00 A.M., London time, on July 8,
2014, or at such time on such later date (not later than July 15, 2014) as the Initial Purchasers shall designate, which date and time may be postponed among the Initial Purchasers and the Issuer or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such
date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “Closing Date”). Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Initial Purchasers for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers
against payment by the several Initial Purchasers of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Issuer by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the account specified by the Issuer. Delivery of the Securities shall be made through
the facilities of Euroclear Bank SA/NV, as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”), and Clearstream Banking S.A. (“Clearstream”), or their designated nominee, unless the Initial Purchasers shall otherwise
instruct. 
 4. Offering by Initial Purchasers. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to
and agrees with the Issuer that: 
 (a) It is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Act (a
“QIB”), and an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of the Act and acknowledges that it is purchasing the Securities pursuant to a private sale exemption from registration under the Act. 

  
 -15- 

 (b) It has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Securities except
(i) to those it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Act) and that, in connection with each such sale, it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of such
Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A or (ii) in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Exhibit A hereto. Each of the Initial Purchasers will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in
each jurisdiction in which it acquires, offers, sells or delivers Securities or has in its possession or distributes the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Memorandum, any Issuer Written Communication or any such other material, in all cases at
its own expense, except as provided in Section 5(m). 
 (c) Neither it nor any person acting on its behalf has made or
will make offers or sales of the Securities in the United States by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in the United States or in any manner involving a
public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a) of the Act. 
 (d) Each Initial Purchaser acknowledges and agrees
that the Issuer and, for the purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Section 6(a) through 6(d), (i) counsel for the Companies and counsel for Holdings and (ii) counsel for the Initial Purchasers,
respectively, may rely upon the accuracy of the representations and warranties of such Initial Purchaser, and compliance of such Initial Purchaser with its agreements, contained in paragraphs 4(a) through (c), above, and such Initial Purchaser
hereby consents to such reliance. 
 5. Agreements. The Companies, jointly and severally, agree with each Initial Purchaser that:

 (a) The Companies will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, during
the period referred to in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Written Communication and the Final Memorandum and any amendments and supplements thereto as they may reasonably request and each as so
delivered shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives. 
 (b) The Companies will not amend
or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Final Memorandum, other than by filing documents under the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference therein, or distribute or refer to any Issuer Written Communication, in each case, without
the prior written consent of the Representatives; provided, however, that prior to the completion of the distribution of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as determined by the Representatives in their sole discretion), Holdings and
its subsidiaries will not file any document under the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Final Memorandum unless, prior to such proposed filing, the Companies have furnished the Representatives
with a copy of such document for their review and the Representatives have not reasonably objected to the filing of such document. The Companies will promptly advise the Initial Purchasers when any document filed under the Exchange Act that is

  
 -16- 

 
incorporated by reference in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Final Memorandum shall have been filed with the Commission. The Companies will promptly, upon the reasonable request of the
Representatives or counsel for the Initial Purchasers, make any amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum that may be necessary or advisable in connection with the resale of the Notes by the Initial
Purchasers. 
 (c) If at any time prior to the completion of the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as
determined by the Representatives), (i) any governmental or regulatory authority issues any order preventing or suspending the use of any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or (ii) any event occurs as a result of which the Pricing
Disclosure Package, any Issuer Written Communication or the Final Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made or the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, or if it should be necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Written Communication or the Final Memorandum
to comply with applicable law, the Companies will promptly (i) notify the Initial Purchasers of any such event; (ii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 5, prepare an amendment or supplement that will
correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) supply any supplemented or amended Pricing Disclosure Package, Issuer Written Communication or the Final Memorandum to the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial
Purchasers without charge in such quantities as they may reasonably request. 
 (d) To the extent a Company may do so under
applicable law, the Companies will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale by the Initial Purchasers under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably designate and will maintain such
qualifications in effect so long as required for the sale of the Securities; provided that in no event shall any Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified, to execute a general consent
to service of process in any jurisdiction with respect to which such a consent has not been previously executed or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be subject to tax but for the requirements of this
paragraph. The Companies will promptly advise the Representatives of the receipt by any Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening
of any proceeding for such purpose. 
 (e) The Companies will not, and will not permit any of their respective Affiliates to,
resell any Securities that have been acquired by any of them. 
 (f) None of the Companies or their respective Affiliates, or
any person acting on behalf of any of them, will, directly or indirectly, make offers or sales of any security, or solicit offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act. 

  
 -17- 

 (g) None of the Companies or their respective Affiliates, or any person acting on
behalf of any of them, will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States. 

(h) So long as any of the Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act,
each Company will, during any period in which it is not subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or it is not exempt from such reporting requirements pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 12g3-2(b) under the
Exchange Act, provide to each holder of such restricted securities and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by such holder) of such restricted securities, upon the request of such holder or prospective purchaser, any information required to
be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act. This covenant is intended to be for the benefit of the holders, and the prospective purchasers designated by such holders, from time to time, of such restricted securities. 

(i) None of the Companies or their respective Affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of them, will engage in any
“directed selling efforts” with respect to the Securities, and each of them will comply with the “offering restrictions” requirement of Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 (j) The Companies will cooperate with the Representatives and use their respective reasonable best efforts to permit the
Notes to be eligible for clearance and settlement through Euroclear and Clearstream. The Companies will use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Securities to be listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and for the
Securities to be admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange as soon as practicable after the date hereof. If the Securities cease to be listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Companies will
use their reasonable best efforts as soon as practicable to list such Securities on another recognized stock exchange or exchange regulated market in western Europe. 

(k) The Companies will not and will not permit any of their subsidiaries to, for a period of 90 days following the Time of
Execution, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, offer, sell or contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether
by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by any Company or any Affiliate of any Company or any person in privity with any Company or any Affiliate of any Company), directly or indirectly, or
announce the offering of any debt securities issued or guaranteed by any Company (or any subsidiary of a Company) (other than the Securities, debt under the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2013, among Crown Americas LLC, as U.S.
Borrower, the Issuer, as European Borrower, CROWN Metal Packaging Canada LP, as Canadian Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrowers named therein, Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown International Holdings, Inc. and Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., as
Parent Guarantors, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Administrative Agent, Deutsche 

  
 -18- 

 
Bank AG London Branch, as U.K. Administrative Agent, Deutsche Bank AG Canada Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent, and various Lending Institutions referred to therein, and intercompany
notes). 
 (l) The Companies will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted or which
might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Act or the Exchange Act or otherwise, in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of any Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities. 

(m) The Companies, jointly and severally, agree to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the
preparation of the Indenture, the issuance of the Securities and the fees of the Trustee; (ii) the preparation, printing or reproduction of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum and each amendment or supplement thereto;
(iii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum, and all amendments or supplements to
either of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iv) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities,
including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (v) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed
(or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states (including filing fees and
the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers relating to such registration and qualification); (vii) admitting the Notes for listing on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and for trading on the Euro MTF
Market; (viii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Companies’ representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the
Companies’ accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Companies; (x) any appraisal or valuation performed in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; and (xi) all
other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Companies of their respective obligations hereunder. 
 (n) The
Companies will apply the proceeds from the offering and sale of the Securities as provided under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum. 

(o) With respect to any Existing Notes that remain outstanding and are not repurchased in connection with the Tender Offer on
the Closing Date, on the Closing Date the Company shall discharge such Existing Notes and deliver to the trustee under the Existing Notes Indenture an irrevocable notice of redemption, in each case, in accordance with the provisions of the Existing
Notes Indenture (a copy of which notice shall be delivered to the Initial Purchasers). 

  
 -19- 

 6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Initial Purchasers. The obligations of the Initial
Purchasers to purchase the Securities shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Companies contained herein at their respective times of execution of this Agreement, the Closing Date and any settlement
date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Companies made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Companies of their respective obligations hereunder and to the following
additional conditions: 
 (a) The Companies shall have requested and caused (i) Dechert LLP, special United States
counsel for the Companies, to furnish to the Initial Purchasers their opinion and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, substantially in the form of Exhibits B-1 and B-2 hereto
(with such modifications as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel) and (ii) William T. Gallagher, General Counsel of Holdings, to furnish to the Initial Purchasers his opinion, dated the Closing Date and
addressed to the Initial Purchasers, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto (with such modifications as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel). In rendering such opinions and assurances, such
counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the State of New York, the Federal laws of the United States and the Delaware General Corporation Law, to the
extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers; and (B) as to matters of fact, to the
extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Companies and public officials. 
 (b) The Companies
shall have requested and caused Dechert (Paris) LLP, special French counsel to the Companies, to furnish to the Initial Purchasers their opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, substantially in the form of Exhibit
C hereto (with such modifications as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel). In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other
than the Republic of France, to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers; and
(B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Companies and public officials. 

(c) The Companies and the Dutch Guarantor shall have requested and caused one or more local counsel for the Companies and the
Dutch Guarantor, reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and counsel to the Initial Purchasers, in each of Canada, Germany, Mexico, the Netherlands, Switzerland and the United Kingdom to furnish to the Initial Purchasers their opinion,
dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers. In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of relevant Companies. 

  
 -20- 

 (d) The Initial Purchasers shall have received from each of (i) Cahill
Gordon & Reindel LLP, special United States counsel for the Initial Purchasers, and (ii) Gide Loyrette Nouel A.A.R.P.I., special French counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date
and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, with respect to such matters as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably require, and the Companies shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass
upon such matters. 
 (e) Holdings shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a certificate of Holdings and the Issuer,
signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the principal financial or accounting officer of each of Holdings and the Issuer, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Pricing
Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum, any amendment or supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum and this Agreement and that: 

(i) the representations and warranties of the Companies in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and
as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date, and the Companies have complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing
Date; and 
 (ii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the
Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Issuer, individually, or of Holdings and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement
thereto). 
 (f) At the Time of Execution, Holdings shall have caused the Independent Accountants to furnish to the Initial
Purchasers a comfort letter, dated the Time of Execution, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers with respect to the audited and any unaudited or pro forma financial information in the Pricing Disclosure Package. On
the Closing Date, Holdings shall have caused the Independent Accountants to furnish to the Initial Purchasers a comfort letter dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers and reaffirming or
updating as of a more recent date, the information in the comfort letter dated the Time of Execution. 
 (g) At the Time of
Execution, Holdings shall have caused Deloitte, S.L. (“D&T”) to furnish to the Initial Purchasers a comfort letter, dated the Time of Execution, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers with respect to
the financial information related to Adularia Inversiones 2010, S.L.U., the parent company of Mivisa Envases, S.A.U., in the Pricing Disclosure Package. On the Closing Date, Holdings shall have caused D&T to furnish to the Initial Purchasers a
comfort letter dated 

  
 -21- 

 
the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers and reaffirming or updating as of a more recent date, the information in the comfort letter dated the
Time of Execution. 
 (h) Subsequent to the Time of Execution or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in
the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (f) of this
Section 6; or (ii) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Issuer or of Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) the effect
of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to market the Securities as contemplated by the Pricing
Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto). 
 (i) The Companies, the
Dutch Guarantor and the Trustee shall have entered into the Indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, and the Representatives shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, thereof. 

(j) Each of the Guarantors and the Dutch Guarantor shall have executed a Guarantee in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Representatives, and the Initial Purchasers shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, thereof. 

(k) The Companies shall have filed an application to list the Notes on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, and
the Notes shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through Euroclear and Clearstream. 
 (l) Each of the Companies
shall have appointed C T Corporation System, located at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011, as its agent for service of process in the United States under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Securities in accordance with Section 19
hereof and the equivalent provision in the Indenture. 
 (m) Each of the Companies shall have taken all necessary corporate
action required to execute, deliver and perform the obligations under the Transaction Documents. 
 (n) Subsequent to the
Time of Execution, there shall not have been any decrease in the rating of any debt securities of any of the Companies by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) of
the Exchange Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change. 

  
 -22- 

 (o) On the Closing Date, Holdings shall have accepted for payment all Existing
Notes validly tendered pursuant to the Tender Offer. 
 (p) Prior to the Closing Date, the Companies shall have furnished to
the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request. 
 If any of the
conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be in all
material respects reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, this Agreement and all obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the
Closing Date by the Initial Purchasers. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Companies in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing. 

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 will be delivered at the office of Cahill Gordon & Reindel
LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, at 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005. 
 7. Reimbursement of
Expenses. If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to
Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of any Company to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Initial Purchasers, the Companies,
jointly and severally, agree to reimburse the Initial Purchasers severally through the Representatives promptly after demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been
incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities. 
 8. Indemnification and Contribution.

 (a) The Companies jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, the directors,
officers, employees and agents of each Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to
which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Written Communication, the Final Memorandum (or in any supplement or amendment thereto) or any
information provided by any Company to any holder or prospective purchaser of Securities pursuant to Section 5(h), or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 

  
 -23- 

 
misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Companies will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Final Memorandum, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Companies by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Companies may otherwise have. 

(b) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Company, each of its
directors, each of its officers, each of its employees, each of its agents and each person who controls a Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Companies to each
Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to written information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to the Companies by or on behalf of such Initial Purchaser specifically for inclusion in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final
Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Issuer Written Communication. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Initial Purchaser may otherwise have. The Companies acknowledge that the statements
set forth in the paragraph related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids and the third sentence in the fourteenth paragraph, each under the heading “Private Placement” in the Preliminary Memorandum and Final
Memorandum, constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Final Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto). 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such
indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party
(i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and
defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be
entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not
thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified
party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying
party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel 

  
 -24- 

 
chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any
such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or
additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of
the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the
indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not
the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or
proceeding. An indemnifying party shall not be liable under this Section 8 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or
proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by
such indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in
paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Companies and the Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, agree to contribute to the aggregate
losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which one or more of the Companies and the Initial
Purchasers may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Companies on the one hand and by the Initial Purchasers on the other hand from the offering of the Securities; provided, however,
that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser (except as may be provided in any agreement among the Initial Purchasers relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission
applicable to the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Companies and the Initial Purchasers shall contribute in such proportion
as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Companies on the one hand and of the Initial Purchasers on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses,
as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Companies shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Issuer, and benefits received by the
Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material 

  
 -25- 

 
fact relates to information provided by the Companies on the one hand or the Initial Purchasers on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, information and opportunity
to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Companies and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not
take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director,
officer, employee and agent of an Initial Purchaser shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, and each person who controls a Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each officer, director,
employee and agent of a Company shall have the same rights to contribution as such Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d). 

9. Default by an Initial Purchaser. If any one or more Initial Purchasers shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the
Securities agreed to be purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Initial Purchasers shall be obligated
severally to take up and pay for (at the respective purchase prices set forth in Section 2 and in the respective proportions which the amount of Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount
of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Initial Purchasers) the Securities which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase; provided, however, that in the event that the
aggregate amount of Securities which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Initial Purchasers
shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Initial Purchasers do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any
nondefaulting Initial Purchaser or the Companies. In the event of a default by any Initial Purchaser as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives
shall determine in order that the required changes in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken under this paragraph
shall relieve any defaulting Initial Purchaser of its liability, if any, to the Companies or any nondefaulting Initial Purchaser for damages occasioned by its default hereunder. 

10. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice
given to the Issuer prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such time (i) trading in any of Holdings’ securities shall have been suspended by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange or trading in
securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on any such exchange or Nasdaq National Market;
(ii) a 

  
 -26- 

 
banking moratorium shall have been declared either by Federal or New York State authorities; or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the
United States or the European Union or any member state thereof of a national emergency or war or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or
inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto). 

11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other
statements of the Companies or their respective officers and of the Initial Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial
Purchasers or the Companies or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. The provisions of Sections 7, 8 and 11 hereof
shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement. 
 12. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in
writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Initial Purchasers, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Representatives (fax no.: +44 (0)20 7595 2555 and confirmed to BNP Paribas, 10 Harewood Avenue, London NW1 6AA, United
Kingdom, Attention: Fixed Income Syndicate (High Yield, Stanford Hartman) and fax no.: +44 (0)20 7595 2555 and confirmed to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, 135 Bishopsgate, London EC2M 3UR, United Kingdom, Attention: High Yield Syndicate, Kevin
Connell) and fax no.: +44 (0)20 7085 9239; if sent to the Companies, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to Crown Holdings, Inc., One Crown Way, Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599, Attention: General Counsel (fax no.: (215) 676-6011), with a copy
to Dechert LLP, Cira Center, 2929 Arch Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104, Attention: William G. Lawlor (fax no.: (215) 994-2222). 

13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) hereof, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. 

14. Applicable Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or proceeding related to or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction or conduct in connection herewith is
waived. 
 15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an
original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission (i.e., “pdf’ or
“tif’) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement. 

  
 -27- 

 16. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. Each of the Companies acknowledges and
agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s length commercial transaction between the Companies, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, (ii) in connection
therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Initial Purchaser is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Companies, (iii) no Initial Purchaser has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in
favor of the Companies with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Initial Purchaser has advised or is currently advising the Companies on other matters) or any other obligation to
the Companies except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Companies have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. Each of the Companies agree that they will not claim
that any Initial Purchaser has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to them, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto. 

17. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

18. Definitions. The terms which follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated. 

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D. 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions
or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in The City of New York. 
 “Commission” shall mean the
Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the
rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Regulation D”
shall mean Regulation D under the Act. 
 “Regulation S” shall mean Regulation S under the Act. 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder. 
 19. Consent to Jurisdiction. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America or the courts of the State 

  
 -28- 

 
of New York in each case sitting in the borough of Manhattan, the city of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive
jurisdiction (except for suits, actions or proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any Specified Court in a Related Proceeding (a “Related Judgment”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of
the Specified Courts in any Related Proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any Related Proceeding brought in any Specified Court.
The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any Specified Proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any Specified Court that any
Related Proceeding brought in any Specified Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party not located in the United States shall, prior to the Closing Date, irrevocably appoint C T Corporation System as its agent to receive service of
process or other legal summons for purposes of any Related Proceeding that may be instituted in any Specified Court. 
 20. Waiver
of Immunity. With respect to any Related Proceeding, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process,
attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled in the Specified Courts, and with respect to any Related Judgment, each party waives any such immunity in the Specified Courts or any other court of
competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such Related Proceeding or Related Judgment, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the United States Foreign
Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended. 
 21. Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court
it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than Euros, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal
banking procedures the Initial Purchasers could purchase Euros with such other currency in the City of New York on the business day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligations of each Company in respect of any sum due from it to
any Initial Purchaser shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any currency other than Euros, not be discharged until the first business day, following receipt by such Initial Purchaser of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, on which
(and only to the extent that) such Initial Purchaser may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase Euros with such other currency. 

  
 -29- 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and
return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Companies and the several Initial Purchasers. 

 

					
	Very truly yours,
	
	Crown European Holdings S.A.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Timothy J. Donahue

		 	Name:	 	Timothy J. Donahue
		 	Title:	 	Director and Delegated General Manager
	
	Crown Holdings, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 
					
	GUARANTORS:
	
	CROWN AMERICAS LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	CR USA, INC.
	CROWN BEVERAGE PACKAGING PUERTO RICO, INC.
	CROWN CONSULTANTS, INC.
	 CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY (DE), LLC

CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY, INC.
 CROWN FINANCIAL
CORPORATION
 CROWN INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
 CROWN
PACKAGING HOLDINGS LLC
 CROWN PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY, INC.

FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS FINANCE CORPORATION

	NWR, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	CROWN CORK & SEAL USA, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer
	
	CROWN BEVERAGE PACKAGING, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer

 
					
	 3079939 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY/3079939

COMPAGNIE DE LA NOUVELLE ECOSSE

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	889273 ONTARIO INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	CROWN CANADIAN HOLDINGS ULC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	 CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA LP
 by
its general partner, CROWN METAL
 PACKAGING CANADA INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 
					
	CROWN BEVCAN FRANCE SAS
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Didier Callet

		 	Name:	 	Didier Callet
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	CROWN DÉVELOPPEMENT
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Timothy J. Donahue

		 	Name:	 	Timothy J. Donahue
		 	Title:	 	Directeur Général
	
	CROWN EMBALLAGE FRANCE SAS
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Didier Callet

		 	Name:	 	Didier Callet
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	SOCIÉTÉ DE PARTICIPATIONS CARNAUDMETALBOX
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Didier Callet

		 	Name:	 	Didier Callet
		 	Title:	 	Directeur Général

 
					
	CROWN CORK & SEAL DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley, /s/ Rolf Willke

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley and Rolf Willke
		 	Title:	 	Managing Directors
	
	CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley, /s/ Didier Sourisseau

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley and Didier Sourisseau
		 	Title:	 	Managing Directors
	
	CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley, /s/ Didier Sourisseau

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley and Didier Sourisseau
		 	Title:	 	Managing Directors
	
	CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley, /s/ David Harrison

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley and David Harrison
		 	Title:	 	Managing Directors
	
	CROWN VERSCHLÜSSE DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardlsey, /s/ Roy Kunkel

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley and Roy Kunkel
		 	Title:	 	Managing Directors

 
					
	CROWN VERPACKUNGEN DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley, /s/ Rolf Willke

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley and Rolf Willke
		 	Title:	 	Managing Directors

 
					
	CROWN ENVASES MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.

		 	Name:	 	Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.
		 	Title:	 	President & Chairman
	
	CROWN MEXICAN HOLDINGS, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.

		 	Name:	 	Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.
		 	Title:	 	President & Chairman

 
					
	CROWN VERPAKKING NEDERLAND BV
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley
		 	Title:	 	President

 
					
	CROWN VOGEL AG
		
	By:	 	 /s/ David Harrison

		 	Name:	 	David Harrison
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	CROWN PACKAGING EUROPE GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley
		 	Title:	 	Managing Officer (Geschaftsfuhrer)

 
					
	CARNAUDMETALBOX ENGINEERING LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	CARNAUDMETALBOX GROUP UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	CARNAUDMETALBOX OVERSEAS LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	CROWN AEROSOLS UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ David Harrison

		 	Name:	 	David Harrison
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	CROWN CORK & SEAL FINANCE LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Timothy J. Donahue

		 	Name:	 	Timothy J. Donahue
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	CROWN PACKAGING UK PLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Peter Lockley

		 	Name:	 	Peter Lockley
		 	Title:	 	Director

 
					
	CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ David Harrison

		 	Name:	 	David Harrison
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	CROWN UK HOLDINGS LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Beardsley

		 	Name:	 	John Beardsley
		 	Title:	 	Director

					
	The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
	
	BNP PARIBAS
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Benedict Foster

		 	Name:	 	Benedict Foster
		 	Title:	 	Authorised Signatory
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Hugh Pryse-Davies

		 	Name:	 	Hugh Pryse-Davies
		 	Title:	 	Duly Authorised Signatory
	
	 For itself and the other several Initial

Purchasers named in Schedule I to the foregoing Agreement.

	
	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kevin Connell

		 	Name:	 	Kevin Connell
		 	Title:	 	Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Etienne Hairy

		 	Name:	 	Etienne Hairy
		 	Title:	 	Managing Director
	
	 For itself and the other several Initial

Purchasers named in Schedule I to the foregoing Agreement.EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE 

Dated as of July 1, 2014 

among, 
 CONN’S, INC.,

 THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO 

and 
 U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 

7.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	12.03
	       (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06;7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06;12.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03;12.02; 12.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	12.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01; 7.07
	       (b)
	  	7.05; 12.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12; 9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	12.01

  
 N.A. means
not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	PAGE	 
	
	ARTICLE 1	  
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	 Section 1.01.
	  	Definitions.	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02.
	  	Other Definitions.	  	 	33	  
	 Section 1.03.
	  	Rules of Construction.	  	 	35	  
	 Section 1.04.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	  	 	35	  
	 Section 1.05.
	  	Acts of Holders.	  	 	36	  
	
	ARTICLE 2	  
	THE NOTES	  
			
	 Section 2.01.
	  	Form and Dating; Terms.	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.02.
	  	Execution and Authentication.	  	 	39	  
	 Section 2.03.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	 	40	  
	 Section 2.04.
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.	  	 	40	  
	 Section 2.05.
	  	Holder Lists.	  	 	40	  
	 Section 2.06.
	  	Transfer and Exchange.	  	 	41	  
	 Section 2.07.
	  	Replacement Notes.	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.08.
	  	Outstanding Notes.	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.09.
	  	Treasury Notes.	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.10.
	  	Temporary Notes.	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.11.
	  	Cancellation.	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.12.
	  	Defaulted Interest.	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.13.
	  	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.	  	 	44	  
	
	ARTICLE 3	  
	REDEMPTION	  
			
	 Section 3.01.
	  	Notices to Trustee.	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.02.
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.03.
	  	Notice of Redemption.	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.04.
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.05.
	  	Deposit of Redemption.	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.06.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part.	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.07.
	  	Optional Redemption.	  	 	48	  
	 Section 3.08.
	  	Mandatory Redemption.	  	 	49	  
	 Section 3.09.
	  	Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.	  	 	49	  
	
	 ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS
	   

  

			
	 Section 4.01.
	  	Payment of Notes.	  	 	52	  
	 Section 4.02.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	 	52	  

  
 i 

							
	 Section 4.03.
	  	Reports and Other Information.	  	 	53	  
	 Section 4.04.
	  	Compliance Certificate.	  	 	54	  
	 Section 4.05.
	  	Taxes.	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.06.
	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.07.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments.	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.08.
	  	Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries.	  	 	61	  
	 Section 4.09.
	  	Limitation on Indebtedness.	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.10.
	  	Asset Sales.	  	 	68	  
	 Section 4.11.
	  	Transactions with Affiliates.	  	 	70	  
	 Section 4.12.
	  	Limitation on Liens.	  	 	72	  
	 Section 4.13.
	  	Corporate Existence.	  	 	73	  
	 Section 4.14.
	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.	  	 	73	  
	 Section 4.15.
	  	Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.	  	 	75	  
	 Section 4.16.
	  	Payment for Consent.	  	 	75	  
	 Section 4.17.
	  	Changes in Covenants Upon Notes Being Rated Investment Grade.	  	 	75	  
	
	ARTICLE 5	  
	SUCCESSORS	  
			
	 Section 5.01.
	  	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.	  	 	77	  
	 Section 5.02.
	  	Successor Entity Substituted.	  	 	78	  
	
	ARTICLE 6	  
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	 Section 6.01.
	  	Events of Default.	  	 	79	  
	 Section 6.02.
	  	Acceleration.	  	 	82	  
	 Section 6.03.
	  	Other Remedies.	  	 	82	  
	 Section 6.04.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults.	  	 	82	  
	 Section 6.05.
	  	Control by Majority.	  	 	83	  
	 Section 6.06.
	  	Limitation on Suits.	  	 	83	  
	 Section 6.07.
	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.	  	 	83	  
	 Section 6.08.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.09.
	  	Restoration of Rights and Remedies.	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.10.
	  	Rights and Remedies Cumulative.	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.11.
	  	Delay or Omission Not Waiver.	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.12.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	 	84	  
	 Section 6.13.
	  	Priorities.	  	 	85	  
	 Section 6.14.
	  	Undertaking for Costs.	  	 	85	  
	
	ARTICLE 7	  
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	 Section 7.01.
	  	Duties of Trustee.	  	 	86	  
	 Section 7.02.
	  	Rights of Trustee.	  	 	87	  
	 Section 7.03.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	 	88	  

  
 ii 

							
	 Section 7.04.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	 	89	  
	 Section 7.05.
	  	Notice of Defaults.	  	 	89	  
	 Section 7.06.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.	  	 	89	  
	 Section 7.07.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity.	  	 	89	  
	 Section 7.08.
	  	Replacement of Trustee.	  	 	90	  
	 Section 7.09.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	91	  
	 Section 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	 	92	  
	 Section 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.	  	 	92	  
	
	ARTICLE 8	  
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	 Section 8.01.
	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	92	  
	 Section 8.02.
	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge.	  	 	92	  
	 Section 8.03.
	  	Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	93	  
	 Section 8.04.
	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	94	  
	 Section 8.05.
	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.	  	 	95	  
	 Section 8.06.
	  	Repayment to the Issuer.	  	 	96	  
	 Section 8.07.
	  	Reinstatement.	  	 	96	  
	
	ARTICLE 9	  
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  
			
	 Section 9.01.
	  	Without Consent of Holders.	  	 	96	  
	 Section 9.02.
	  	With Consent of Holders.	  	 	98	  
	 Section 9.03.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	  	 	99	  
	 Section 9.04.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	 	99	  
	 Section 9.05.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	  	 	100	  
	
	 ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES
	   

  

			
	 Section 10.01.
	  	Guarantee.	  	 	100	  
	 Section 10.02.
	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability.	  	 	102	  
	 Section 10.03.
	  	Execution and Delivery.	  	 	102	  
	 Section 10.04.
	  	Subrogation.	  	 	102	  
	 Section 10.05.
	  	Benefits Acknowledged.	  	 	103	  
	 Section 10.06.
	  	Release of Note Guarantees.	  	 	103	  
	
	ARTICLE 11	  
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	 Section 11.01.
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge.	  	 	104	  
	 Section 11.02.
	  	Application of Trust Money.	  	 	104	  

  
 iii 

							
	ARTICLE 12	  
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	 Section 12.01.
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls.	  	 	105	  
	 Section 12.02.
	  	Notices.	  	 	105	  
	 Section 12.03.
	  	Communication by Holders with Other Holders.	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.04.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	 	107	  
	 Section 12.05.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.06.
	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.07.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Stockholders.	  	 	108	  
	 Section 12.08.
	  	Governing Law.	  	 	109	  
	 Section 12.09.
	  	Force Majeure.	  	 	109	  
	 Section 12.10.
	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	 	109	  
	 Section 12.11.
	  	Successors.	  	 	109	  
	 Section 12.12.
	  	Severability.	  	 	109	  
	 Section 12.13.
	  	Counterpart Originals.	  	 	109	  
	 Section 12.14.
	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	109	  
	 Section 12.15.
	  	U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.	  	 	110	  
	 Section 12.16.
	  	Payments Due on Non-Business Days.	  	 	110	  

  

			
	Appendix A	  	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
		
	Exhibit A	  	Form of Note
		
	Exhibit B	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

  
 iv 

 INDENTURE, dated as of July 1, 2014, among Conn’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(as further defined herein, the “Issuer”), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee. 

W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation and issuance of $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.250% Senior Notes due
2022 (the “Initial Notes”); and 
 WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution
and delivery of this Indenture; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other
and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01. Definitions. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person or any of its
Subsidiaries existing at the time such other Person is merged with or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person, in each case whether or not
Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such other Person being merged with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or such acquisition, and Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering
any asset acquired by such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person. 

Acquired Indebtedness will be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets. 

“Additional Assets” means: 

(1) any property, plant, equipment or other asset (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding working capital or current assets but including store
locations (including leases with respect thereto)), and improvements and additions thereto, and other capital expenditures with respect thereto, to be used by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business; 

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;

 provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is
primarily engaged in a Similar Business. 
 “Additional Interest” means the additional interest payable as a
consequence of the failure to effectuate, within the prescribed time periods, the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued
from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified
Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative
meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to
the foregoing; provided that exclusively for purposes of Section 4.10 and Section 4.11, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption, the greater of: 

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and 

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Note on
July 15, 2017 (such redemption price being set forth in the table in Section 3.07(d) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through July 15, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption),
computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then-outstanding principal of such Note. 

“Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of
business), transfer, issuance or other disposition (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business) of (1) shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than shares required by applicable law to be
owned by another Person, including directors’ qualifying shares), (2) property or (3) other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, “Asset Disposition” does not mean the issuance or sale by the Issuer of Capital Stock, debt security or any
other security of the Issuer. 

  
 2 

 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

 (1) a disposition of shares of Capital Stock, property or other assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business; 

(3) a disposition of property and assets in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, (i) the sale or rent of
merchandise, inventory, products and services to customers, and (ii) the sale or discount, with or without recourse, and on commercially reasonable terms, of delinquent or previously charged off accounts receivable or notes receivable arising
in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable; 
 (4) a disposition of
obsolete, worn out, damaged or used equipment, or equipment or inventory that is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (5) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or
any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (7) the making of a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Payment; 

(8) dispositions of assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions in which the aggregate fair market value of the assets
disposed does not exceed $10.0 million for each such transaction or series of related transactions; 
 (9) the creation of a Lien that is
not prohibited by this Indenture and dispositions in connection with such Liens; 
 (10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the
compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 

(11) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by Section 4.09; 

  
 3 

 (12) (i) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and
(ii) licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(13) foreclosure or other realization pursuant to Lien rights on assets; 

(14) any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(15) sales, conveyances, contributions and other transfers of assets described in the definition of “Permitted Receivables
Financing”; 
 (16) a Sale/Leaseback Transaction with respect to any asset that occurs within 270 days of the later of the acquisition
or construction of, or the completion of a material improvement to, such asset; 
 (17) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of
the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) primarily for use in a Similar Business; and 
 (18) the concurrent
purchase and sale or exchange, between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person, of Additional Assets (an “Asset Swap”) provided that any cash received in connection with such transaction must be
applied in accordance with Section 4.10. 
 “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption
or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Bank Product Obligations” means any of the following products, services or facilities extended to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries by any lender under the Credit Agreement or any of its Affiliates: (a) any services provided in connection with operating, collections, payroll, trust, or other depository or disbursement accounts, including automated
clearinghouse, e-payable, electronic funds transfer, wire transfer, controlled disbursement, overdraft, depository, information reporting, lockbox and stop payment services and (b) commercial credit card and merchant card services. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of
debtors. 
 “beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange
Act, and “beneficial owner” has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) the
executive committee of the board of directors; 

  
 4 

 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the
partnership; and 
 (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Borrowing Base” means as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of (1) 80% of the face amount of accounts receivable,
(2) 85% of the book value of inventory and (3) 90% of the face amount of credit card accounts receivable, in each case, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of the end
of the most recent month preceding such date for which financial statements are available; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any receivables that are subject to a Permitted Receivables Financing will be excluded from the Borrowing
Base. 
 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New
York, New York are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares,
interests, rights to purchase, warrants, equity appreciation rights, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Common Stock or Preferred Stock and limited liability
company or partnership interests (whether member or general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized
lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the Issue Date, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is
to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) U.S. dollars, or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

  
 5 

 (3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any
political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either Standard &
Poor’s Ratings Services or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments; 

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits, Eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities
of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender under the Credit Agreement or any commercial bank having combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or
better; 
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 
 (6) commercial paper
rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A 2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or “P 2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an
equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and 

(7) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in
clauses (1) through (6) above. 
 “Change of Control” means: 

(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act)
becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire,
whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their
successors by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets); provided that a transaction in which the Issuer becomes a Subsidiary of another person will not constitute a Change of Control if, immediately
following such transaction, the persons who were stockholders of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction continue to beneficially own, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, 50% of more of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock of such other person of whom the Issuer has become a Subsidiary; 

  
 6 

 (2) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of
merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and
14(d) of the Exchange Act); or 
 (3) the adoption by the stockholders of the Issuer of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or
dissolution of the Issuer. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Capital Stock of any Person, any and all shares, interest or other
participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common
stock. 
 “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio
of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis
in accordance with GAAP are available to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that: 

(1) if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary: 

(a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or
if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is or includes an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a
pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving Debt Facility); or 

(b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the
period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under
any revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on
a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; 

  
 7 

 (2) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made
any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business (but not including the closure or opening of store locations in the
ordinary course of business or exit or introduction of a product category) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes such a transaction: 

(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive)
attributable to such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; and 

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense
attributable to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced) with respect to the Issuer and its
continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of
such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); 

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any
Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction
causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and 

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to
clauses (1), (2) or (3) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if
such transaction occurred on the first day of such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to
be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (including pro forma

  
 8 

 
expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro
forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to
such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Issuer, the interest rate will be calculated
by applying such optional rate chosen by the Issuer. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any
Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period: 
 (1) increased (without duplication) by the
following items to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: 
 (a) Consolidated Interest Expense;
plus 
 (b) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus 

(c) consolidated depreciation expense; plus 

(d) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other or Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment; plus 

(e) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such
non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid expense that was capitalized at the time of payment); plus 

(f) any extraordinary or unusual or non-recurring expense or loss (including losses realized upon the sale of or other
disposition of an asset of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries that is disposed of other than in the ordinary course of business); 

(2) decreased (without duplication) by 

(a) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period other than the accrual of revenue in the
ordinary course of business (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period); 

(b) any extraordinary or unusual or non-recurring income or gain (including gains realized upon the sale of or other
disposition of an asset of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries that is disposed of other than in the ordinary course of business); and 

(c) if Consolidated Income Taxes are a benefit, the amount of such benefit. 

  
 9 

 “Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are imposed, measured or calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such
Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), including, without limitation, state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and foreign
withholding taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Issuer and its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense, without duplication: 

(1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations (but not other leases) and the interest component of any deferred payment
obligations constituting Indebtedness; 
 (2) amortization of debt discount (including the amortization of original issue discount
resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par) and debt issuance cost; provided, however, that any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such
amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense; 
 (3) non-cash interest expense, but any non-cash
interest income or expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP will be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense; 

(4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; 

(5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured
by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only to the extent actually paid by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; 

(6) net costs associated with entering into Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees) related to Indebtedness; 

(7) interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; 

  
 10 

 (8) all dividends paid or payable or accrued, in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness during
such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries payable to a party other than the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; and 

(9) any premiums, fees, discounts, expenses and losses on the sale of accounts receivable (and any amortization thereof) payable by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing, as determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 

For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (1) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by
the Issuer and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (2) exclusive of amounts classified as other comprehensive income in the balance sheet of the Issuer. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Issuer and its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income on an after-tax basis: 

(1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting, except that: 
 (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (13) below, the
Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and 

(b) the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be
included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(4)(C)(i), any net income (but not
loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to prior government approval or other restrictions due to the operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or government regulation (which have not been waived), directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer, except that: 

(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (13) below, the Issuer’s equity in the net
income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate 

  
 11 

 
amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend
to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and 
 (b) the Issuer’s equity in a net
loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income; 
 (3) any gain or loss
(less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized upon any Asset Disposition or other disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(4) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative
instruments; 
 (5) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options,
restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees; 
 (6) any extraordinary gain or loss; 

(7) any unrealized net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification
Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging; 
 (8) any unrealized gains and losses relating to financial instruments to which fair value accounting
is applied; 
 (9) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses pursuant to Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters, related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness; 
 (10) effects of adjustments
(including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in
relation to any completed acquisition; 
 (11) any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off (other than with respect to inventory), in
each case pursuant to GAAP; 
 (12) any net income (loss) included in the consolidated statement of operations due to the application of
Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810, Consolidation; and 
 (13) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

  
 12 

 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the
Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer. 

“Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2012,
among the Issuer, the borrowers party thereto, the several lenders parties thereto from time to time, the several documentation agents parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as the same has been, or
may hereafter be, amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part (whether with any of the original agents or lenders or one or more other agents and lenders and whether pursuant to the same
or one or more other governing agreements) from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder, provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09). 

“Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures
contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary. 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Notes in global form, or any
successor entity thereto. 
 “Debt Facility” or “Debt Facilities” means, with respect to the
Issuer or any Guarantor, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities or loan agreements or indentures with banks or other investors or lenders or dealers providing for revolving
credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt
securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from
time to time (and whether or not with the original trustee, holders, purchasers, administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the Credit Agreement or any other credit or other
agreement or indenture). 
 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both
would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Additional Note or
Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 

  
 13 

 “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the non-cash consideration
received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Fair Market Value of such
Designated Non-Cash Consideration and the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on, or with respect to, such Designated Non-Cash
Consideration. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person
that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event: 

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; 

(2) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable
solely at the option of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it will be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or 

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, in each case other than in exchange for Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) and in each case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital
Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, that any
Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset
Disposition (each defined in a substantially similar manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or
exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) provide that the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, are not required to repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable
or for which it is redeemable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Issuer with Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“DTC” means the Depository Trust Company. 

“Equity Offering” means an offering for cash by the Issuer of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with
respect to its Common Stock, other than (1) offerings with respect to the Issuer’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8 or (2) an issuance to any Subsidiary. 

  
 14 

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” means Notes issued in a
registered exchange offer pursuant to a corresponding Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer “ has
the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has
the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any
asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by a responsible financial officer of the Issuer in good faith; provided that if the fair market value exceeds $25.0 million, such determination
will be made by Senior Management of the Issuer, and provided, further, if the fair market value exceeds $50.0 million, such determination will be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or an
authorized committee thereof in good faith (including as to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities). 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of
America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time,
including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. Except as otherwise specified, all ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP.

 “Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America the
timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally
Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and will also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in
Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such
depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any 

  
 15 

 
amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depositary
receipt. 
 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly
guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by
virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such
obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. 

The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 

“Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary that is signatory to this Indenture on the Issue Date and any other
Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such
Restricted Subsidiary will cease to be a Guarantor. 
 “Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with
respect to a Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee
pursuant to a written agreement. 
 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person
pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a
Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or
otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or
otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication): 

(1) the principal component of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; 

  
 16 

 (2) the principal component of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes
or other similar instruments; 
 (3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit,
bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding undrawn letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and other similar instruments that support trade payables and
self-insurance obligations, and contingent obligations in respect to such excluded letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and similar instruments, and if drawn upon, only to the extent such principal component of the related reimbursement
obligation relating to trade payables and self-insurance obligations is not paid within 30 days following such draw); 
 (4) the principal
component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (including earn out obligations), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking
delivery and title thereto, except (a) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (b) any earn-out or other similar adjustment to
purchase price obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor);

 (6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or
other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 

(7) the principal component of all obligations of such Person under any Permitted Receivables Financing (excluding Standard Securitization
Undertakings); 
 (8) the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which are of a type referred to in clauses
(1) through (7) above and (10) below and are secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness and obligations are assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such
indebtedness or obligations will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such indebtedness or obligations of such other Persons; 

(9) the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which are of a type referred to in clauses (1) through
(7) above and (10) below, to the extent Guaranteed by such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor); and 

(10) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be
equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time), 

  
 17 

 if and to the extent any of the foregoing obligations (other than under clauses (8), (9) or
(10)) would appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be (without duplication) the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above
and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided that contingent obligations arising in the ordinary course of business and not with respect
to borrowed money of such Person or other Persons will not be deemed to constitute Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank Product Obligations will not be deemed to be “Indebtedness.” 

In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person will include Indebtedness as defined in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a
liability on the balance sheet of such Person if: 
 (1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”); 
 (2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general
partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and 
 (3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with
respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness will be included in an amount not to exceed: 

(a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent
that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or 

(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness
that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons
engaged in Similar Businesses that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

  
 18 

 “Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Canaccord Genuity Inc., Mitsubishi UFJ Securities (USA), Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co., Regions Securities LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. 

“interest” with respect to the Notes means interest with respect thereto and (without duplication) “Additional
Interest,” if any. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means January 15 and July 15 of each year,
commencing January 15, 2015. 
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person any interest
rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or
arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary. 
 “Investment” means, with respect to any
Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers and commissions, moving, travel and similar advances to
officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a
bank deposit (other than a time deposit)) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital
Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following
will be deemed to be an Investment: 
 (1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with
this Indenture; and 
 (2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business. 

For purposes of Section 4.07: 

(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary that is to
be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a
redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Issuer’s aggregate
“Investment” in such Subsidiary as of the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the
time that such Subsidiary is so re -designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. 

  
 19 

 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or
the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or any equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook. 

“Issue Date” means July 1, 2014. 

“Issuer” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor to its
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant hereto. 
 “Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of
determination, the ratio of: 
 (1) the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, to 

(2) Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters
ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are available; 
 provided, however, that for
purposes of the foregoing, the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA will each be calculated on a pro forma basis consistent with the pro forma adjustments contemplated by the definition of Consolidated Coverage
Ratio. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation,
charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction;
provided that in no event will an operating lease or a contractual provision that restricts the ability to grant or permit a Lien on property or assets, or a contractual provision similar to Section 4.10 that requires the application
of sale proceeds on unsecured properties or assets to specified Indebtedness, to be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Net Available
Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant 

  
 20 

 
to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received,
but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non
cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 
 (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions
and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject
to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset
Disposition; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures
as a result of such Asset Disposition; and 
 (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in
accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition. 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of
such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection
with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements). 

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person: 

(1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any
undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness, but excluding any pledge of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of the related Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or
indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise), in each case other than as a result of Standard Securitization Undertakings; and 
 (2) the
explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Issuer (other than the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of such Indebtedness) or its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than as a result
of Standard Securitization Undertakings. 

  
 21 

 “Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the
Notes, the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture, and Exchange Notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture
thereto. 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes that may be issued under this Indenture
and any Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes (including the Exchange Notes). 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in
bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offer to Purchase” means an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated June 26, 2014, relating to the sale of the Initial
Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer, or, in the event that the Issuer is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a
person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of the Issuer. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Issuer. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be
an employee of or counsel to the Issuer. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally
in right of payment to the Notes (without giving effect to collateral or guarantee arrangements) or the Note Guarantees. 

  
 22 

 “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary in: 
 (1) a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) any Person if as a result of such Investment: 

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers
or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in
contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 
 (3) cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(4) franchise contracts, installment contracts, rental contracts, service plans and all other amounts and receivables owing to the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms
as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 
 (5) payroll, travel, commissions and similar
advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an
aggregate amount not in excess of $1.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries: 
 (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; 

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or
other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or 
 (c) in settlement of debts, claims and
disputes owed to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries which arose out of transactions in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 23 

 (8) Investments (a) made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset
Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition and (b) Investments in Additional Assets made in connection with an Asset Swap as described in
clause (18) under the definition of “Asset Disposition.” 
 (9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and renewals and
replacements thereof on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, than the terms of the Investments being renewed or replaced; 

(10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in
compliance with Section 4.09; 
 (11) Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.09 and Guarantees received with respect to any
Permitted Investment described in any of the above or below clauses; 
 (12) Investments made in connection with the funding of
contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans; 

(13) short-term loans extended by the Issuer or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of its financial services business; 

(14) Investments that are necessary or desirable to effect any Permitted Receivables Financing; and 

(15) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clause of this definition, other Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (15) in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million and (b) 2.5% of the Total Assets of the Issuer (in each case determined
at the time of such Investment). 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness and related obligations under the Debt Facilities permitted to be Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(b)(1); 
 (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment and other insurance
laws (including pledges or deposits securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements) and old age pensions and other social security or retirement benefits or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in
connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government
bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 24 

 (3) Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, and other
similar Liens, Incurred in the ordinary course of business or that are imposed by, or arise by operation of, law; 
 (4) Liens for taxes,
assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or that are being contested in good faith and, if necessary, by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in
respect thereof; 
 (5) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory
obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness; 
 (6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements
or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or
irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the
value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

(7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations; 

(8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) that
do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

(9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings
which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 

(10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or other Investments) acquired, constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business; provided that, with
respect to Indebtedness described in this clause (10): 
 (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such
Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved (and any fixtures, appurtenances or related assets); and 

(b) such Liens are created within 365 days of construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or property and do not
encumber any other assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto; 

  
 25 

 (11) Liens that constitute banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and
remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, whether arising by operation of law or pursuant to contract; provided that: 

(a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the
Issuer in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and 
 (b) such deposit account
is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution to secure Indebtedness; 

(12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consigned goods or similar
arrangements, entered into or authorized by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or otherwise made as precautionary filings pursuant to such or similar types of filings; 

(13) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause (1) of this definition), provided that no such Lien
will extend to any additional property (other than improvements, accessions, “products” and “proceeds” thereof, or, if provided therein, “after-acquired” property, as each such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial
Code of the respective states that govern the creation of such Liens) and that the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased; 

(14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that such Liens are not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned
by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (15) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation
of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 

(16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 26 

 (17) Liens securing the Notes and Note Guarantees (and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange
therefor and the related Note Guarantees) and any obligations owing to the Trustee under this Indenture as provided thereby; 
 (18) Liens
securing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10), (13), (14), (15), (17), this clause (18) and clause (21) of
this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, after- acquired property provided for therein, proceeds or dividends or distributions or related assets in
respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder; and
provided further the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness exchanged, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or
discharged with such Indebtedness and (b) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such exchange, renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; 

(19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease; 

(20) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(21) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clauses of this definition, Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred subsequent to the
Issue Date and any refinancing thereof pursuant to clause (18) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Issuer (determined at
the time of Incurrence of such Indebtedness); 
 (22) Liens on property and assets used to secure Indebtedness, the net proceeds of which
are promptly deposited to defease or satisfy and discharge the Notes; 
 (23) Liens to secure Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary,
which Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(13);  
 (24) Liens in favor of the
Trustee as provided for in this Indenture in money or other property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture; and 

(25) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets and proceeds thereof arising in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing. 

“Permitted Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey, contribute or otherwise transfer, at one time or from time to time, to (i) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a
transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries), (ii) the Issuer 

  
 27 

 
or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is contemporaneous with, and in furtherance of, a transfer described in clause (i) above or (iii) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by
a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a Lien in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all
collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of Securitization Assets, proceeds of Securitization Assets and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which
Liens are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with Securitization Assets, in each case
on terms that the Board of Directors or Senior Management has concluded are customary and market terms fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes
(however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 

“Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (or successor) and Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (or successor) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or both do not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized
statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which will be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (or successor) or Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or both, as the case may be. 
 “Record Date” for the interest payable
on any applicable Interest Payment Date means January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay
or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances” and “refinanced” will each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or
Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary)
including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, however, that: 

(1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing
Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing
Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes; 

  
 28 

 (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is
Incurred that is equal to or greater than the shorter of (a) the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced and (b) 91 days after the Average Life of the Notes; 

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue
price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the
instruments governing such existing Indebtedness or otherwise and fees, expenses or other costs Incurred in connection therewith); 
 (4) if
the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the
Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 
 (5) Refinancing Indebtedness will not
include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and
among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers set forth therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more further registration rights agreements among the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be
amended from time to time. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer
within the corporate trust department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a
Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

  
 29 

 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to principal
property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person (other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable, chattel paper or similar revenue streams
subject to customary securitization financing transactions. 
 “Securitization Subsidiary” means (i) each of
Conn’s Receivables Funding I, LP, Conn’s Receivables, LLC and Conn’s Receivables Funding I GP, LLC and (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Issuer or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Permitted Receivables
Financing in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers Securitization Assets and related assets that is designated a “Securitization Subsidiary”
by the Board of Directors, in each case: 
 (1) whose principal purpose is to engage in Permitted Receivables Financings and
any activity necessary, incidental or related thereto; 
 (2) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of which 
 (A) is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, 

(B) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way, or 

(C) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly,
contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, 
 (3) with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause it to achieve certain levels of operating results 

other than, in respect of clauses (2) and (3), pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings. 

“Senior Management” means any of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Chief Operating
Officer of the Issuer. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in
the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 30 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“Significant Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w)(1) or (2) under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto. 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, guarantees and indemnities
entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a securitization financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization
Subsidiary and including any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Permitted Receivables Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including,
without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating
to the seller. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement
governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but will not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter
Incurred) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuer to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors,
managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and
voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Issuer. 

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined
in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 31 

 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes
that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any date of
redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(a), the yield to maturity at such date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that
has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such
redemption date to July 15, 2017; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to July 15, 2017 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for
which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate will be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given,
except that if the period from the redemption date to July 15, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

 “Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any Securitization Subsidiary; 

(2) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the
Issuer in the manner provided below; and 
 (3) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a
Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if: 
 (1) such
Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so
designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date
of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt, except to the extent permitted under Sections 4.07 and 4.09; 

  
 32 

 (3) such designation and the Investment of the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies with Section
4.07; 
 (4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or
indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to
which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings or as permitted under Sections 4.07 and 4.09): 

(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or 

(b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of
operating results; and 
 (6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any
agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than as permitted under Section 4.11. 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the
Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the
foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred as of such date. 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately
after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default will exist. 
 “U.S.” means the United
States of America. 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then
outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than shares required
by applicable law to be owned by another Person, including directors’ qualifying shares) is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries. 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11(a)
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2(c) of Appendix A

  
 33 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Alternate Offer”
	  	4.14(f)
	 “Applicable Procedures”
	  	1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	4.10(c)
		
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”
	  	3.09(b)
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Period”
	  	3.09(b)
	 “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”
	  	3.09(b)
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02(c)
	 “Automatic Exchange”
	  	4(j) of Appendix A
	 “Automatic Exchange Date”
	  	4(j) of Appendix A
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice”
	  	4(j) of Appendix A
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	  	4(j)) of Appendix A
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Clearstream”
	  	1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	4(e) of Appendix A
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03(b)
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01(a)
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10(c)
	 “Expiration Date”
	  	1.05(j)
	 “Global Note”
	  	2(b) of Appendix A
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	4(e) of Appendix A
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor
	  	4(e) of Appendix A
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02(a)
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “QIB”
	  	1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2(b) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2(a) of Appendix A
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	4.17(b)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	4(e) of Appendix A
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.07(a)
	 “Rule 144”
	  	1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2(b) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 904”
	  	1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Securities Act”
	  	4(e) of Appendix A
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)(1)
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	5.01(c)(1)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.17(a)(3)
	 “Suspension Date”
	  	4.17(a)
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	4.17(b)

  
 34 

 Section 1.03. Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term defined in Section 1.01 or 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(6) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,” “Section,”
“clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture; 

(7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and
not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; 
 (8) “including” means including without
limitation; 
 (9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the Trust Indenture Act
will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 

(10) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed
exceptions, the Issuer may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines. 
 Section 1.04. Incorporation by
Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this
Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 The following Trust Indenture Act terms used
in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 

  
 35 

 “indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor
upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used but not defined in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture
Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.05. Acts of Holders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing (or, with respect to Global Notes, in accordance with the applicable
procedures of the Depositary). Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action will become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Issuer and the Guarantors. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, will be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in
favor of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05. 
 (b) The fact and date of the
execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved (1) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds,
certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof or (2) in any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity
other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit will also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the
same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes will be proved by the Note
Register. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note will bind
every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Issuer or the
Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 

  
 36 

 (e) The Issuer may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled
to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on any action authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the
Issuer may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph will not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (f) below. Unless otherwise specified, if not set
by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date will be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of
such consent or vote or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation or vote. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e), the Holders on such record date, and only such Holders, will be
entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no
such action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any
record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer, at its own expense, will cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder in the
manner set forth in Section 12.02. 
 (f) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled
to join in the giving or making of (1) any notice of default under Section 6.01(a), (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.02, (3) any direction referred to in Section 6.05 or (4) any request to pursue a
remedy referred to in Section 6.06(2). If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other Holders, will be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such
Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes or each
affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Issuer’s expense, will cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the
applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02. 
 (g) Without limiting
the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant
to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph will have the same effect as
if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 

  
 37 

 (h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is
the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by
Holders, and a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 

(i) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held
by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this
Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies will be entitled to make,
give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date. No such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date. 

(j) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as
the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change will be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other
party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 12.02, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05,
the party hereto which set such record date will be deemed to have initially designated the 90th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this clause
(j). 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating; Terms. 

(a) Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional Notes, Exchange Notes and any other Notes issued are set forth in Appendix A hereto,
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly
made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any
such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(b) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited, subject to the
restrictions in Section 4.09. 

  
 38 

 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a
part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture will govern and be controlling. 
 Additional
Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and will be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and will have
the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first interest payment date and the initial interest accrual date) as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability
to issue Additional Notes will be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09; provided, further, that if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional
Notes will be issued as a separate series under this Indenture and will have a separate CUSIP number and ISIN from the Notes. 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 

(a) At least one Officer will execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile or other electronically transmitted signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 

(b) A Note will not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 

(c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer (an “Authentication
Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes in an aggregate
principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder. 
 (d) The Trustee may
appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication
by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. 

  
 39 

 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

(a) The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes (the “Note Register”) and of their
transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.
The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain
another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee will act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(b) The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Issuer will, no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on each due date for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and
interest on, any of the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held in trust for the Holders entitled to the same, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the
Trustee of its action or failure so to act. The Issuer will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent
for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all
money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, a Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability
for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to
the Issuer, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.05. Holder Lists. 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and will otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the 

  
 40 

 
Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form
and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Issuer will otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) The Notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in
compliance with Appendix A. 
 (b) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request. 

(c) No service charge will be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to Section 2.07), but the Holders will be required to pay any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05). 
 (d) All Global Notes
and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (e) Neither the Issuer nor the Registrar
will be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close
of business on the day of selection, (2) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (3) to register the transfer
of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 (f) Prior to due presentment for the
registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, or premium, if
any, and (subject to the Record Date provisions of the Notes) interest on, such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer will be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(g) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02,
the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount. 

  
 41 

 (h) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized
denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer will execute, and the
Trustee will authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02. 

(i) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to
effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission. 
 Section 2.07.
Replacement Notes. 
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer or if a Holder claims that its Note has been
lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and loss, destruction or theft of such Note, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate
a replacement Note if the Issuer’s and the Trustee’s requirements are otherwise met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be provided by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the
Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee in replacing a Note.
If, after the delivery of such replacement Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such original Note, the Trustee will be entitled to recover such
replacement Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a bona fide purchaser, and will be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or
expense incurred by the Issuer, the Trustee and any Agent in connection therewith. Subject to the preceding sentence, every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture
equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.07 in case any mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable,
the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 

(a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it
for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not
cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 

  
 42 

 (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a “protected purchaser,” as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York. 

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue
from and after the date of such payment. 
 (d) If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be
no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned
by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith will not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to
deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor. 

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 

Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without
unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits accorded
to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture. 
 Section 2.11. Cancellation. 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the 

  
 43 

 
Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of
cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposal of all cancelled Notes will, upon the written request of the Issuer, be delivered to the
Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 

(a) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount
of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such
defaulted interest or will make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as
provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date will be less than ten days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted
interest. The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer)
will mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

(b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon
registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note will carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note. 

Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee will use CUSIP and/or
ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase will not
be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers. 

  
 44 

 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 

If the Issuer elects to redeem less than all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it will furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business
Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice period is agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (1) the paragraph or
subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption will occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price, if then ascertainable.

 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 

(a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (1) if
the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (2) if the Notes are not so listed, by lottery or in accordance with
DTC’s applicable procedures, which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount on the Notes. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed will be selected, unless otherwise
provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the then outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 

(b) If the Notes are in certificated form, the Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in
the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less will
be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be redeemed. Except as
provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 

(c) After the redemption date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed in part only, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate book entries will be made to reflect
such partial redemption). 
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 

(a) The Issuer will mail, or otherwise cause to be delivered in accordance with the applicable DTC procedures at least 30 days but not more
than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Article 

  
 45 

 
at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption
date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance pursuant to Article 8 or a satisfaction and discharge pursuant to Article 11. 

(b) The notice will identify the Notes (including the CUSIP/ISIN number) to be redeemed and will state: 

(1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest; provided that in
connection with a redemption under Section 3.07(a), the notice need not set forth the redemption price but only the manner of calculation thereof; 

(3) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such
payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(7) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for
redemption are being redeemed; 
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN
number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (9) if applicable, any condition to such redemption.

 (c) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s
expense; provided that the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice period
is agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.03(b). 

  
 46 

 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such redemption. The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, will be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such
notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part will not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to
Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption. 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption. 

(a) No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money
sufficient to pay the redemption of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or
prior to the redemption. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed the applicable redemption thereof and accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer
any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 

(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), then on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date will be paid on the relevant
Interest Payment Date to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date and no Additional Interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes are subject to redemption by the Issuer. If any Note called for
redemption are not so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest will be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful
on any interest accrued to the redemption date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will
promptly authenticate and mail to the Holder (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered representing the same Indebtedness to the
extent not redeemed; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this indenture to the contrary, only an
Authentication Order and an Officers’ Certificate will be required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 

  
 47 

 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 

(a) At any time prior to July 15, 2017, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or, from time to time, in part, at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the
relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date. Promptly after the determination thereof, the Issuer will give the Trustee notice of the redemption price provided for in this
Section 3.07(a), and the Trustee will not be responsible for such calculation. 
 (b) In addition, prior to July 15, 2017, the Issuer
may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 107.250% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling
on or prior to such redemption date, in an amount not to exceed the Net Cash Proceeds (less the amount of such proceeds used to repurchase or repay other debt or securities (other than a temporary reduction in revolving credit borrowings) or to
acquire securities of any Person or acquire any business) of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of
Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (unless all of such Notes are redeemed); and (2) such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of any such Equity Offering. 

(c) Except pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (e) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to
July 15, 2017. 
 (d) On and after July 15, 2017, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or, from time to time, in part, upon
notice pursuant to Section 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to
the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on July 15 of
the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	105.438	% 
	 2018
	  	 	103.625	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.813	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 48 

 (e) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer pursuant to Section 4.14 and the Issuer, or any other Person making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all
of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment or Alternate Offer price, as applicable, plus, to the extent not
included in the Change of Control Payment or Alternate Offer price, as applicable, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an
interest payment date falling on or prior to such redemption date). 
 (f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 will be made
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 
 (g) Any redemption or notice in connection with this Section 3.07 may, at the
Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction. 

(h) The Issuer or its Affiliates may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases,
negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws. 
 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 

The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

Section 3.09. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, the Issuer is required to commence an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer will follow the
procedures specified below. 
 (b) The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement,
except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset
Disposition Purchase Date”), the Issuer will apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) required to be
purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”), or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari
Passu Indebtedness validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. 

  
 49 

 (c) If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the
related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Asset Sale Purchase Date will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date. 

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer will mail a notice (or, in the case of Global Notes, otherwise communicate
in accordance with the procedures of DTC) to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer. The Asset
Disposition Offer will be made to all Holders and, if required, all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, will state: 

(1) that the Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 and the length of time the
Asset Disposition Offer will remain open; 
 (2) the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, the purchase price, including the
portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest, and the Asset Disposition Purchase Date; 
 (3) that any Note
not properly tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in
making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Asset Disposition Purchase Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in
denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof only; 
 (6) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the
Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Asset Disposition Purchase Date; 

(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may
be, receives at the address specified in the notice, not later than the expiration of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered
for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Note purchased; 

  
 50 

 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness
surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, then the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate accreted value or principal amount, as applicable, of the
Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered and the selection of the Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note having a principal
amount of $2,000 will be purchased in part; and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued
new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not repurchased. 

(e) On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the
extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has
been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so tendered, in the case of the Notes, in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that if, following repurchase of
a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $2,000, then the portion of such Note so repurchased will be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such
Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000. The Issuer will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee the Notes so accepted and an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions
thereof so accepted and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. 

(f) The Paying Agent or the Issuer, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days after termination of the
Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail or deliver to each tendering Holder or holder or lender of Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and
not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail or
deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or
deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so
accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on or promptly following the Asset Disposition Purchase Date. 

  
 51 

 (g) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. 

(a) The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than one of the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon, New York City time, on the due date money deposited by
the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day,
and no interest will accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
 (b) The Issuer will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the
same manner as interest on each Interest Payment Date in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 (c) The Issuer will
pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Issuer will maintain an office or agency in the United States of America (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the
Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If
at any time the Issuer will fail to maintain any such required office or agency or will fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate additional offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all
such purposes and may 

  
 52 

 
from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other
office or agency. 
 The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in
accordance with Section 2.03. 
 Section 4.03. Reports and Other Information. 

(a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the
Issuer will make available to the Trustee and the Holders, without cost to any Holder, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations
prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act with respect to U.S. issuers within the time periods specified therein (including any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act) or in the relevant forms.
The foregoing requirements may be satisfied by posting such reports, documents and information on the Issuer’s website within the time periods specified in this Section 4.03. 

(b) If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such Unrestricted Subsidiary, either individually
or collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary (based upon the most recently delivered financial statements), then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a) will include a reasonably detailed
presentation, as determined in good faith by Senior Management of the Issuer, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 (c) In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors will make available to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such
Holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. For purposes of this clause (c), the Issuer and the Guarantors will be
deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the Holders as required by this Section 4.03 if the Issuer has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available; provided that the
Trustee will have no obligation to monitor whether such reports are filed. 
 (d) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of
the Issuer becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations pursuant to this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent company;
provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its
Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 

  
 53 

 (e) At any time that the Issuer is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13
or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will within five Business Days after providing the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a), hold and participate in a quarterly conference call to discuss operating results and
related matters for the relevant reporting period, which conference call will be open to all Holders, any prospective investor that is a QIB or a non-U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act), any securities analyst or any
market maker in the notes, in each case that have certified to the Issuer their status as a Permitted Party. Such conference call may be part of or separate from any earnings or similar conference call relating to the financial results of the
Issuer, so long as such call otherwise meets the requirements set forth in this Section 4.03(e). 
 (f) Delivery of such reports and
information to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such will not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) will deliver to the
Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been
made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officers signing
such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default will have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer and each Guarantor are taking
or propose to take with respect thereto). 
 (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or
the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer will promptly (which will be no more than 30 days following the date on which
the Issuer becomes aware of such Default, receives such notice or becomes aware of such action, as applicable and so long as such Default is continuing) send to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such event, its status and what
action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

  
 54 

 Section 4.05. Taxes. 

The Issuer will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each
Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07.
Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or
indirectly, to: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other
property) on or in respect of its or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than: 

(A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); and 

(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on
or in respect of any Capital Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Capital Stock receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution;

 (2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, any
Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock)); 

  
 55 

 (3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment or installment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, other than: 

(A) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by the
Issuer or any other Guarantor permitted under clause (5) of Section 4.09(b); or 
 (B) the purchase, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one
year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or 
 (4) make any
Restricted Investment, 
 (all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) will be
referred to as a “Restricted Payment”) unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

(A) no Default exists or immediately after giving effect thereto would exist; 

(B) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a); and 
 (C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted
Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12) and (13) of Section 4.07(b)) would not exceed the sum of (without
duplication): 
 (i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from May 1, 2014
to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus 

(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of Capital Stock or other property received by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from or in exchange for the issue or sale of Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions to the Issuer subsequent to the Issue Date, other than Net Cash Proceeds

  
 56 

 
received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee
stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); and 

(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Issuer’s
consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held by a Subsidiary of the Issuer) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital
Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property, distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or exchange); plus 

(iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in any Person resulting from: 
 (x) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds
realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of loans or advances, payments of interest and dividends or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than for reimbursement of tax payments); or 
 (y) the redesignation of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary with and into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of
“Investment”) not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, 

which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided,
however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income. 

  
 57 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit: 

(1) any Restricted Payment made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of,
Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust
is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of
Capital Stock will be excluded from clause (ii) of Section 4.07(a)(4)(C); 
 (2) any purchase, repurchase,
redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Subordinated Obligations or
any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations so long as such refinancing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations are permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitute Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or
a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such refinancing Disqualified
Stock is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09; 
 (4) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (A) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations
in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.14 or (B) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.10; provided
that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuer has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with
respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer; 

(5) the declaration of any dividend and the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration, if at such
date of declaration such dividends would have complied with this provision, or the redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations within 45 days after the giving of notice of redemption with respect thereto, if such
redemption would have complied with this provision at the date of giving such notice; 

  
 58 

 (6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for
value of Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, held by any existing or former employees, management, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or their
assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate such Person approved by the Board of Directors; provided that such
Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights were received for services related to, or for the benefit of, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and provided, further, that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause
will not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate during any consecutive 12-month period (plus any unused amounts under this clause (6) from prior years), although such amount in any such period may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 

(A) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, and to the extent
contributed to the Issuer, Capital Stock of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to existing or former employees or members of management of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect
parent companies, that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments (provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such
sales or contributions will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(4)(C)(ii); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man
life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less 
 (C) the
amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the Net Cash Proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (6); 

(7) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or Preferred
Stock of a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense;” 

(8) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, other rights to purchase Capital
Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or in respect of withholding taxes thereon; 

  
 59 

 (9) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); 

(10) purchases by the Issuer of fractional shares arising out of stock dividends, splits or business combinations or
conversation of convertible or exchangeable securities of debt or equity issued by the Issuer; 
 (11) payments or
distributions to dissenting stockholders (i) pursuant to applicable law or (ii) in connection with the settlement or other satisfaction of legal claims made pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets in
connection with a transaction that is not prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (12) in addition to the items referred to in
clauses (1) through (11) above, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, which when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (12) (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any such Restricted
Payments that constituted Restricted Investments in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income)) not to exceed $75.0 million; and 

(13) any Restricted Payment; provided that, immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the
application of the proceeds thereof), the Issuer would have had a Leverage Ratio of less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.0; 
 provided, however,
that at the time of and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (7), (12), and (13), no Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

In determining whether any Restricted Payment is permitted by the foregoing covenant, the Issuer may allocate or reallocate, at any time and
from time to time, all or any portion of such Restricted Payment among all clauses of Section 4.07(b) or among such clauses and Section 4.07(a), provided that at the time of such allocation or reallocation, all such Restricted Payments,
or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under this Section 4.07. 
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will
be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of all
Restricted Payments paid in cash will be its face amount. 
 For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set
forth in the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted 

  
 60 

 
Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will
not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture. 
 Section 4.08. Limitation on Restrictions on
Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or
with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in
receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock); 

(2) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans
or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that
such transfers will not include any type of transfer described in clauses (1) or (2) above). 
 (b) The preceding provisions will not
prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions
pursuant to (i) the Credit Agreement and related documentation (including agreements related to banking services, cash management services and Hedging Obligations) and (ii) other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on
the Issue Date; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Note Guarantees and documentation related to
each of the foregoing; 
 (3) any agreement, organizational or governance document or other instrument of, or relating to any
asset of, a Person acquired (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any 

  
 61 

 
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after-acquired
property); 
 (4) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an
agreement, instrument or document referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 4.08(b) or this clause (4); provided, however, that the encumbrances or restrictions effected by such amendments, restatements, modifications,
renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive (taken as a whole with all other encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreement, instrument or document)
than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted
Subsidiary, whichever is applicable; 
 (5) in the case of Section 4.08(a)(3), Liens permitted to be Incurred under Section
4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (6) (A) purchase money
obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (B) Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in Section 4.08(a)(3) on
the property so acquired; 
 (7) contracts for the sale of assets (including Sale/Leaseback Transactions) or Capital Stock,
including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

(8) cash or other deposits or net worth or similar requirements imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to
joint ventures and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) any customary provisions
in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order of any arbiter, tribunal or governmental authority; 

  
 62 

 (12) customary restrictions with respect to a Securitization Subsidiary, pursuant
to the terms of a Permitted Receivables Financing; or 
 (13) other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or Preferred Stock issued by a Guarantor, in each case in accordance with Section 4.09, that, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, (i) contains encumbrances or restrictions that are not more restrictive, taken as a
whole, than those applicable to the Issuer in either this Indenture or the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances or restrictions comparable to those applicable to the Issuer at a Restricted Subsidiary level) or
(ii) will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes. 
 Section 4.09.
Limitation on Indebtedness. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof and after giving effect thereto
on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of net proceeds therefrom): the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness: 

(1) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred under one or more Debt Facilities and the issuance and
creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with undrawn trade letters of credit and reimbursement obligations relating to trade letters of credit satisfied within 30 days being excluded, and bankers’ acceptances
being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate outstanding amount Incurred under this clause (1) not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (i) $1,150.0 million and (ii) the Borrowing
Base (determined at the time of Incurrence); 
 (2) Indebtedness represented by the Notes (other than any Additional Notes)
and the Note Guarantees and any Exchange Notes and any Note Guarantees thereof; 
 (3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (7), (9), (10), (11) and (15) of this Section 4.09(b)); 

(4) Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor
in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee will be subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be. 

  
 63 

 (5) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, 

(A) if the Issuer is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes; 
 (B) if a Guarantor is the
obligor on such Indebtedness and a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantees of such Guarantor; and 

(C) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being
beneficially held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, will be
deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. 

(6) Indebtedness of Persons Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was
acquired by, or merged into, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which
such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Person is acquired (and after
giving pro forma effect thereto), either: 
 (A) the Issuer would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (6); or 

(B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is higher than such ratio immediately prior
to such acquisition or merger. 
 (7) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of
business (and not for speculative purposes); 
 (8) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) of the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance all or any part of the 

  
 64 

 
purchase, lease, construction or improvement of any property, plant or equipment used or to be used in the business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary whether through the direct
purchase, lease, construction or improvement of such property, plant or equipment, including any such Indebtedness assumed in connection with the purchase of such property, plant or equipment or secured by a Lien thereon prior to such purchases,
such property, plant or equipment, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8) and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof
pursuant to clause (12) and then outstanding, will not exceed at any time outstanding, determined as of the date of such Incurrence, the greater of (i) $75.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets of the Issuer; 

(9) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) in respect of workers’ compensation
claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided in the
ordinary course of business, including obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments issued for such purposes to the extent none of such instruments is drawn upon, or if drawn upon, is reimbursed
no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt of demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument and (B) arising from an obligation to repay customer deposits received
in the ordinary course; 
 (10) Indebtedness (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or
any portion of such business, assets, or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition) arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations,
in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(11) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument,
including electronic transfers, wire transfers and credit card payments (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business (except in the form of lines of credit); provided,
however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; 
 (12) the Incurrence or
issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and clauses (2), (3), (6), (8) and this clause (12) of this Section
4.09(b), or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued
interest and fees and expenses in connection therewith; 

  
 65 

 (13) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an aggregate
outstanding principal amount which will not exceed the greater of (i) $35.0 million and (ii) 2.5% of the Total Assets of the Issuer, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 

(14) Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and
discharge the Notes (including any Additional Notes, if any); 
 (15) Indebtedness constituting Non-Recourse Debt under any
Permitted Receivables Financing Incurred on or after the Issue Date; and 
 (16) in addition to the items referred to in
clauses (1) through (15) above, Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause
(16) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (i) $75.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Issuer determined at the time of Incurrence. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and
in compliance with, this Section 4.09: 
 (1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types
of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and (b)(or any combination thereof), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify and divide such item of Indebtedness (or any one or more portions thereof) on the date of Incurrence
and may later reclassify or divide such item of Indebtedness (or any one or more portions thereof) in any manner that complies with Section 4.09(a) and (b) (or any combination thereof) and only be required to include the amount and type of such
Indebtedness in one of such clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Credit Agreement (after giving effect to the issuance of the Initial Notes and the use of proceeds therefrom as described in the
Offering Memorandum) will be deemed Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(1) and not Section 4.09(a) or Section 4.09(b)(3) and may not later be reclassified or divided; 

(2) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the
determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness will not be included; 
 (3) if obligations in respect of letters of
credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness will not be included; 

  
 66 

 (4) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference
thereof; 
 (5) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.09 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision
permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.09 permitting such Indebtedness; and 

(6) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of
the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted
value, or the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence
of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal
amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof in the case of any other Indebtedness. 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S.
dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first
committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer may Incur pursuant to this
Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from
the Indebtedness being refinanced, will be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 

  
 67 

 Section 4.10. Asset Sales. 

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any Asset Disposition unless: 

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market
Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares, property and assets subject to such Asset Disposition; and 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset
Disposition and all other Asset Dispositions since the Issue Date, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. 
 For the purposes of
clauses (1) and (2) above, no Asset Disposition pursuant to condemnation, confiscation, appropriation or other similar taking, including by deed in lieu of condemnation, resulting from damage, destruction, or total loss, or pursuant to foreclosure
or other enforcement of a Lien Incurred not in breach of this Indenture or exercise by the related lienholder of rights with respect thereto, including by deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure will, in any such case, be required to satisfy the
conditions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above. 
 For the purposes of clause (2) above, and for no other purpose, the following will be
deemed to be cash: 
 (1) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent
balance sheet) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such shares, property
or other assets and from which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing; 

(2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are
converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and 

(3) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset
Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $35.0 million and
(y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value). 

  
 68 

 (b) Within 365 days from the later of the date an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net
Available Cash, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Available Cash, at the option of the Issuer and in the sequence it elects, as follows: 

(1) to repay, retire or redeem any Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations)
or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer; or 

(2) to invest in Additional Assets; 

provided that the Issuer will be deemed to have complied with the provisions described in clause (2) of this paragraph if and to the extent that,
within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Dispositions that generated the Net Available Cash or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding
agreement to acquire the assets or Capital Stock of a Similar Business, make an Investment in Additional Assets or make a capital expenditure in compliance with the provision described in clause (2), and that acquisition, purchase, investment or
capital expenditure is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period. Pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (1) or (2) above, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may
temporarily reduce Indebtedness (including under a revolving Debt Facility) or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(c) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(b) will be deemed to
constitute “Excess Proceeds” which, for the avoidance of doubt, will not include any Net Available Cash that is the subject of an Asset Disposition Offer to the extent not accepted by the Holders on or before the applicable Asset
Disposition Purchase Date pursuant to the terms described below. On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, or, in the case of Section 4.10(b)(2) above, upon abandonment of any such project (or, in either case, earlier at the Issuer’s
option), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuer will promptly thereafter make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any outstanding Pari
Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in
an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the Relevant Record
Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, in each case in denominations of $2,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will commence an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing (or otherwise communicating in accordance with the procedures of DTC) the notice required by

  
 69 

 
Section 3.09, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset
Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu
Indebtedness surrendered by such holders or lenders thereof, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate accreted
value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates . 

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any material
transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or asset or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration to or from the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $1.0 million unless: 
 (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not
materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arms-length
dealings with a Person that is not an Affiliate; 
 (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate
consideration to or from the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $5.0 million but less than or equal to $10.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in Section
4.11(a)(1) above; 
 (3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration to or from the Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $10.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer and by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors having no
personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in 4.11(a)(1) above); and 

(4) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration to or from the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary in excess of $25.0 million, the Issuer has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction satisfied the criteria in clause (1) above or that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the
Issuer from a financial point of view. 

  
 70 

 (b) Section 4.11(a) will not apply to: 

(1) any transaction (i) between or among the Issuer and one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) between or
among Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.07 or Permitted
Investments (other than pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof); 
 (3) any issuance of securities or other
payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or as the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer, restricted stock plans, long -term incentive
plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of Officers, employees and directors; 

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and benefit arrangements and indemnity provided for or on behalf of,
employees, officers, directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (5) loans or advances to employees (excluding
financed receivables from the sale of products to employees in the ordinary course of business), Officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, in an aggregate
amount not in excess of $1.0 million (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) at any time outstanding, or any financed receivables from the sale of products to employees in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented,
extended, replaced or renewed from time to time, so long as any such amendment, restatement, modification, supplement, extension, replacement or renewal does not, in any material respect, adversely affect the rights of the Holders as compared to,
when taken as a whole, the terms of the agreements on the Issue Date, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 
 (7) any
agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such
acquisition or merger, and any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment does not, in any material respect, adversely affect the rights of the Holders as compared to, when taken as a whole, the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of
such acquisition or merger), as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 
 (8) transactions with customers, clients,
suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise 

  
 71 

 
not in breach of the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors or Senior Management of the Issuer, such transactions
are on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at the time of such transactions in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with
an unrelated Person; 
 (9) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Issuer
and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith; 
 (10) transactions with a Person that
is an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer owns Capital Stock in, or controls, such Person; 
 (11) any
transaction between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director in connection with the
approval of the transaction; 
 (12) transactions entered into as part of a Permitted Receivables Financing; and 

(13) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent
Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate. 

Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens. 

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or permit to
exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously
with the Incurrence of such Liens: 
 (a) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the
Notes and related Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 

(b) in all other cases, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds
or are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens. 

  
 72 

 Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will be automatically
and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (a) and (b) above. 

Section 4.13. Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5, the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
(1) its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to
time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (2) licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries which are necessary to operate its and their business, taken as a whole; provided that the Issuer will
not be required to take any such actions to preserve any such licenses or franchises, or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith determines that the
preservation thereof is not desirable or necessary in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has given a notice of redemption with respect to all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to
Article 3, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”) (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the Change
of Control Payment Date). No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuer has given notice of redemption with respect to all of the Notes pursuant to Article 3, the Issuer will mail a notice or otherwise deliver notice
in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC of such Change of Control Offer to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating: 

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer
will be accepted for purchase by the Issuer at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of
business day on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on an Interest Payment Date); 
 (2) the purchase date (which
will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and 

(3) the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its
Notes repurchased. 

  
 73 

 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly
tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.14. 

(c) The Paying Agent will promptly mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to each Holder of Notes so
tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new
Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(d) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an Interest Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any
accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the Change of Control Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date and no additional interest will be
payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. 
 (e) The Change of Control provisions described above will be
applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable, except as set forth in Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 11.01. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, this Indenture does not contain provisions that
permit the Holders to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction. 

(f) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer or (2) in connection with or contemplation of any publicly announced Change of Control, the Issuer has made any offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash
price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Alternate 

  
 74 

 
Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control conditional upon the occurrence of such Change
of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control contemporaneously with the making of the Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer. 

(g) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict. 

Section 4.15. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. 

If any Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) becomes a borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agreement after the Issue Date, then that
Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a Supplemental Indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B and deliver an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within 15 Business Days of such date. Each Note Guarantee of such
Guarantor will be subject to the terms and limitations of, including the release provisions set forth in Article 10. 
 Section 4.16.
Payment for Consent. 
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to
be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of, any Holder for, or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is
paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment; provided that if such consents, waivers or amendments are sought in connection
with an exchange offer where participation in such exchange offer is limited to Holders who are “qualified institutional buyers,” within the meaning of Rule 144A, or non-U.S. persons, within the meaning of Regulation S, then such
consideration need only be offered to all Holders to whom the exchange offer is made and to be paid to all such Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in such time frame. 

Section 4.17. Changes in Covenants Upon Notes Being Rated Investment Grade. 

(a) Following the first day (such date, a “Suspension Date”): 

(1) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from either of the Rating Agencies; 

(2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture; and 

(3) an Officer’s Certificate is delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee to the foregoing effect, 

  
 75 

 the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereafter no longer will be subject to the provisions of Sections
4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.15 (but only with respect to any Person that is required to become a Guarantor after the date of the commencement of the applicable Suspension Date) and 5.01(a)(3) or 5.01(a)(4) (collectively, the “Suspended
Covenants”). 
 (b) If at any time the credit rating of the Notes is downgraded such that they cease to have an Investment Grade
Rating from either Rating Agency, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment
Grade Rating from either of the Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants will no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating from either of
the Rating Agencies); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries will bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below) that were permitted at such time, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been
permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 

(c) On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.09(b) (in each case to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the
Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.09(b), such Indebtedness will be deemed
to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under Section 4.09(b)(3). Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 will be made as though Section
4.07 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a). 

(d) During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Issuer may not designate any of the
Issuer’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (e) Promptly following the occurrence of any
Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date, the Issuer will provide an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee regarding such occurrence, and in the absence of such Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee

  
 76 

 
will be entitled to presume that no Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date has occurred. The Trustee will have no obligation to independently determine or verify if a Suspension Date or
Reinstatement Date has occurred or notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officers’ Certificate to any Holder upon request. 

ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 

(a) The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into any Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving
corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if other than the Issuer, the “Successor Company”) is a
corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia, and if such entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a
corporation organized or existing under such laws; 
 (2) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) expressly assumes
all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and, unless the Issuer and Guarantors have theretofore
fulfilled their registration obligations thereunder, assumes by written agreement all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing;

 (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if
such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 
 (A) the Issuer or the Successor
Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a), or 
 (B) the
Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Issuer or the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be no less than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and 

(5) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition, and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture. 

  
 77 

 (b) Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a)(3) and (4): 

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary so long as no Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that
merges into the Issuer, the Issuer will not be required to comply with Section 5.01(a)(5); and 
 (2) the Issuer may merge
with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 (c) In addition, the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into or
wind up into any Person (whether or not any such Guarantor is the surviving corporation (other than to the Issuer or another Guarantor)), unless: 

(1) the resulting or surviving Person, if other than the Guarantor (the “Successor Guarantor”), expressly
assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture and its Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or 

(2) the transaction does not violate Section 4.10. 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge with or into a Guarantor or the Issuer or (ii) merge with a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in a state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, as long as the amount of Indebtedness of such Guarantor and its
Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 (e) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer,
lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all
of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer. 

Section 5.02. Successor Entity Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Issuer or a 

  
 78 

 
merger or consolidation of a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor Person, formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, is
merged or wound up or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, winding up, sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, will refer instead to the successor entity and not to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every
right and power of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, herein; and the predecessor Issuer or Guarantor will
be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets). 

ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS
AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01. Events of Default. 

(a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement), if any, on
any Note when due, continued for 30 days; 
 (2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when
due at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon acceleration or otherwise; 
 (3) failure by the
Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 5.01; 
 (4) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to
comply for 30 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (which notice shall specify that it is a notice of such default) with any of its
obligations under Sections 4.10 or 4.14; 
 (5) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantors to comply for 60 days (or 120 days
with respect to obligations under Section 4.03) after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (which notice shall specify that it is a notice of such
default) with its other agreements contained in this Indenture (other than a failure that is subject to clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above); 

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced
any Indebtedness for 

  
 79 

 
money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default: 

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such
Indebtedness (“payment default”); or 
 (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
stated maturity; 
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more (or its foreign currency equivalent) and such payment default has not been cured or waived or such
acceleration rescinded or such Indebtedness paid or discharged, in each case within 30 days thereof; 
 (7) failure by the
Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (net of any amounts that are covered by insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurance company that has not
contested coverage), which final judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable; 

(8) the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 

(B) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer
or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law; 

(C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or 
 (D) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

  
 80 

 (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A) is for relief against the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or
any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in
which the Issuer, any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (B) appoints a
receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer, or any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 
 (10) (A) any Note Guarantee
of any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to
be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture or the Note Guarantee) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or (B) any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors
that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its
Note Guarantee, except in accordance with this Indenture. 

  
 81 

 Section 6.02. Acceleration. 

(a) If any Event of Default (other an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) or (9) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, specifying the Event of Default, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the
request of such Holders will, declare the principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. The Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers, in good faith, determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the
Holders. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case an Event of Default under clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01(a) occurs with respect to
the Issuer and is continuing, the principal of, and premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest on all the then outstanding Notes will become immediately due and payable without further action or notice. 

(c) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders
rescind an acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of
the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes that have become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of the principal of, and
premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee
may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. 

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders
waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder; provided that, subject to Section 6.02, the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default will cease to
exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

  
 82 

 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in good
faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of the Notes or the Note Guarantees or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which the Trustee has not received an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.

 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the
remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any
loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof
and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 A Holder
may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any,
interest on, its Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, will not be impaired or affected without the consent of
such Holder. 

  
 83 

 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and
as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer and any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the
extent lawful, interest and such further amount as will be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel. 

Section 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will
be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 

Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no
right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other
right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
appropriate right or remedy. 
 Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such
right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed
expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 Section 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee
(including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the
Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and

  
 84 

 
distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims. Any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee will consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee
under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, are denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a Lien on, and will be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the
Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or
adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.13. Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it will pay out the money in the following order: 

(1) to the Trustee and its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all reasonable
compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

(2) to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on, the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 

(3) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13. Promptly after any record date is set
pursuant to this Section 6.13, the Trustee will cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Issuer and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02. 

Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, 

  
 85 

 
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to
Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit
the effect of Section 7.01(b); 
 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture
that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Sections 7.01(a), (b) and (c). 

  
 86 

 (e) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money
held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 7.02. Rights
of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee
will determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and will incur no liability
or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it
may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both subject to the other provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and
will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer or a Guarantor will be
sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor. 
 (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture will require the Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it has reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment of such funds or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it. 

  
 87 

 (g) The Trustee will not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or an Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the existence of a Default or
Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (h) In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive
or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and will be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s
obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice will set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee will not at any time be under any duty or
responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof. 
 (k) The Trustee may request
that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by
any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

(l) The Trustee will not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 

(m) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein will not be construed as duties. 

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee or any Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the
Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or such Agent. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) it
must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is
also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 

  
 88 

 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it will not
be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other
than its certificate of authentication on the Notes. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if, in accordance with Section 7.02(g), it is known to the Trustee, the
Trustee will mail to each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs unless such Default or Event of Default will have been cured or waived. Except in the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section
6.01(a), the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders. 

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

(a) Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has
occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust
Indenture Act Section 313(c). 
 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed to the Issuer and
filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing in the event the Notes are listed or delisted
on any national securities exchange or delisted therefrom. 
 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of
this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties will agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee
promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the
Trustee’s agents and counsel. The Trustee will provide the Issuer reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. 

  
 89 

 (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee for, and
hold each of the Trustee and any predecessor harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and
the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.07)) or defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the
acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the
Trustee to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer will defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Guarantors need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. In
addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c) The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or
the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 (d) To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section
7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) or (9)
occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of such resignation to the Issuer and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so
notifying the Issuer. Following an Event of Default, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the
Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

  
 90 

 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee
or its property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee to replace it with another successor Trustee
appointed by the Issuer. 
 (c) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed,
the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 (d) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.
The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and such transfer will be subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

(f) As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” will also include each Agent. 

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation or national banking association, the successor corporation or national banking association without any further act will be the successor Trustee, subject to Section 7.10. 

  
 91 

 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 

(a) There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under
the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital
and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 (b) This Indenture will always
have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b). 

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. 

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act
Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed will be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
applied to this Indenture and all outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

(a) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors will,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been automatically released from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are
satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be
“outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture, including that
of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 (1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, the
Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04; 

  
 92 

 (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing
temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust; 

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection
therewith; and 
 (4) this Section 8.02. 

(b) Following the Issuer’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default. 
 (c) Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the
prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03. 
 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors will, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 3 and Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, and clauses (3)
and (4) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes, and the Guarantors will be deemed to have been automatically released from their obligations with respect to all Note Guarantees, on and after the date the conditions set
forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the
consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For
this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this Indenture and the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant,
whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not
constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(a)(3) (that resulted solely from the failure of the Issuer to comply with Sections 5.01(a)(3), 5.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5)
(only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(8) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements 

  
 93 

 
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.01(a)(9) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a group
of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) and 6.01(a)(10), in each case, will not
constitute an Event of Default. 
 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

(a) The following will be the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.02 or the Covenant Defeasance
option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes: 
 (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust,
for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested by an Independent Financial Advisor in writing to the Trustee, without
consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest due on, the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the
Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer
will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, 
 (A) the
Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 
 (B) since the
Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon
such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 94 

 (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of
such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in
connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any
Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (5) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee
an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer, any Guarantor or others; 

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of
Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and 

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of
the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officers’ Certificate referred to in clause (6) above). 

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

(a) Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer
or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. 
 (b) The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on
or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders. 

(c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the
request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written

  
 95 

 
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to
effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06. Repayment to the Issuer. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in
trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable will be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if
then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once,
in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. 
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement.

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as
the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes
and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the
case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such
payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. 

(a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee (or, with respect to a
supplemental indenture executed for the purpose of adding a Guarantor, the Issuer, the new Guarantor and the Trustee) may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees to: 

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

  
 96 

 (2) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the
Issuer or any Guarantor under Section 5.01; 
 (3) comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary; 

(4) add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture
in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (5) secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(6) add covenants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of or to make changes that
would provide additional rights to the Holders, or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor; 

(7) make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder; 

(8) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of this Indenture under the Trust
Indenture Act; 
 (9) evidence and provide for the appointment and acceptance of an appointment under this Indenture of a
successor Trustee; provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; 

(10) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of
Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum; or 
 (11) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating
to, or providing for, the issuance, transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes, Exchange Notes, or if Incurred in compliance with this
Indenture, Additional Notes, and in each case, the related Guarantees; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being issued or transferred in violation of the Securities
Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 

(b) Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 12.04, the Trustee will join with
the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the
Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion

  
 97 

 
of Counsel will be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this
Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit B, and delivery of an Officers’ Certificate, except as provided in Section 5.01(c). 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders. 

(a) Except as provided in Section 9.02(e), the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes
and any Note Guarantee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with
a purchase, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the
Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with the
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 will determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section
9.02. 
 (b) Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of
the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 12.04, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such
amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or
supplemental indenture. 
 (c) It will not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It will be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (d) After an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice,
or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 (e)
Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not: 
 (1)
reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the
stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note; 

  
 98 

 (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a
rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

(5) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as
described in Section 3.07 (it being understood that this does include the provisions relating to minimum notice requirements required for redemptions of Notes); 

(6) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note; 

(7) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on
or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; 

(9) modify the Guarantees of any Guarantors that is a Significant Subsidiary in any manner materially adverse to the Holders;
or 
 (10) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of the obligations under its Note Guarantee on
this Indenture, except in compliance with the terms hereof. 
 (f) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the
Notes or any Note Guarantee by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender. 

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth
in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04. Revocation
and Effect of Consents. 
 (a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a
continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such
Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 

  
 99 

 (b) The Issuer may, but will not be obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to Section 1.05 for
the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record
date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, will be entitled to consent to such amendment or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. 

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

(a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

(b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01. Guarantee. 

(a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis,
to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (1) the principal of, and premium, if
any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other
Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal
of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the
Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a
guarantee of collection. 
 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder will be unconditional, irrespective of the
validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment

  
 100 

 
against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby
waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and
covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section 10.06. 

(c) Each of the Guarantors also agrees, jointly and severally, to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 
 (d) If any Holder or the
Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (e) Each Guarantor agrees
that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such
obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the
exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees. 
 (f) Each Note Guarantee will remain in full
force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or
trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes
are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or the Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or
otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed
reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 
 (g) In case any provision of any Note Guarantee
will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

(h) Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee will be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or
diminution of any kind or nature. 

  
 101 

 Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or a fraudulent transfer for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to
such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each
Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to seek contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro
rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery. 

(a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, on the Issue Date, each initial Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture
will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officer or person holding an equivalent title. 
 (b) Each Guarantor hereby
agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes. 

(c) If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the
Note, the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor will be valid nevertheless. 
 (d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the
authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

Section 10.04. Subrogation. 

Each Guarantor will be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the
provisions of Section 10.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor will be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts
then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes will have been paid in full. 

  
 102 

 Section 10.05. Benefits Acknowledged. 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture
and that the Guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

Section 10.06. Release of Note Guarantees. 

(a) A Guarantor and its Note Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such
Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee will be required for the release of such Guarantor or its Note Guarantee, upon: 
 (1)
(A) (i) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or
(ii) the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (other than by lease) of all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (whether or not such
Guarantor is the Surviving Person of such transaction); provided that such disposition does not violate Section 4.10; or 

(B) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or 

(C) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 or the
Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with Article 11; or 
 (D) such Guarantor
ceases to be a borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agreement; and 
 (2) the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction and/or release have been complied with. 

(b) At the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee will execute and deliver any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such
release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Note Guarantee. 

  
 103 

 ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. 

(a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes (except as provided below), when either: 

(1) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or
paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving
of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and
at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a
combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for the principal
of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (B) the Issuer
has paid or caused to be paid or otherwise made to the satisfaction of the Trustee, provision for the payment of, all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

(C) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the
Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 (b) In addition, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge under this Section 11.01 have been satisfied.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of Section 11.01(a), the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06
will survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
 Section 11.02. Application of Trust Money. 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 will be held in trust and
applied by it, in accordance 

  
 104 

 
with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
 (b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason
of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the
Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes
because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be. 

ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c) in
respect of Sections of the Trust Indenture Act that are incorporated by reference in this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.04, the imposed duties will control. 

Section 12.02. Notices. 

(a) Any notice or communication to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee is duly given if in writing and (1) delivered in person,
(2) mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested), postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (3) sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, to its address: 

if to the Issuer or any Guarantor: 

c/o Conn’s, Inc. 
 4055
Technology Forest Boulevard 
 The Woodlands, Texas 77381 

Fax No.: (877) 303-2445 

Attention: General Counsel 

  
 105 

 if to the Trustee: 

U.S. Bank National Association 

5555 San Felipe Street 
 Suite
1150 
 Houston, Texas 77056 

Fax No.: (713) 235-9213 

Attention: Mauri Cowen 
 The Issuer, any
Guarantor or the Trustee, by like notice, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 (b)
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; upon receipt, if mailed by first-class mail; the next Business Day after timely
delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee will be
deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 
 (c) Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first-class mail (certified
or registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to accept. Any notice or communication will also be
so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect
to other Holders. 
 (d) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled
to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver will be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders will be filed with the Trustee, but such filing will not be a condition precedent to the validity of any
action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 (e) Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption)
to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice will be sufficiently given if given to DTC or any other applicable Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of DTC or such Depositary,
if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice. 

  
 106 

 (f) The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this
Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee will have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such
instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate will be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuer elects to give the
Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions will be deemed controlling. The
Trustee will not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent
written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized
instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties, provided that the Trustee has taken and maintains commercially reasonable efforts and controls to safeguard the use and access of information and materials so transmitted
to and by it. 
 (g) If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether
or not the addressee receives it. 
 (h) If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and
each Agent at the same time. 
 Section 12.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else will have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c). 

Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action or refrain from taking any action under this
Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to
the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
(which will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided that (1) subject to Section 5.01(c), no Opinion of
Counsel will be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and 

  
 107 

 
delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit B and (2) no Opinion of Counsel pursuant to this Section
will be required in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Issue Date. 
 Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or
Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other
than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) will include: 
 (1) a
statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as
to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact);
and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied
with. 
 Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members,
Partners and Stockholders. 
 No past, present or future manager, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, or
stockholder or other owner of equity interests of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, as such will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. 
 Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

  
 108 

 Section 12.08. Governing Law. 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 Section 12.09. Force Majeure. 

In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture
arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or
acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee will use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the
banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 Section 12.10. No Adverse Interpretation
of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its
Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

Section 12.11. Successors. 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06. 

Section 12.12. Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.13. Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Indenture by telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission ( i.e., a “pdf” or “tif”) will be effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart of this Indenture. 
 Section 12.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

  
 109 

 Section 12.15. U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify,
and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as is reasonably
requested by the Trustee in order for the Trustee to comply with the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 
 Section 12.16. Payments Due on
Non-Business Days. 
 In any case where any Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the
Notes is not a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding
Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that no interest will accrue for the period from and after such Interest
Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 110 

 
					
	Very truly yours,
	
	CONN’S, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Brian E. Taylor

		 	Name:	 	Brian E. Taylor
		 	Title:	 	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	CAIAIR, INC.,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Brian E. Taylor

		 	Name:	 	Brian E. Taylor
		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	CAI CREDIT INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Brian E. Taylor

		 	Name:	 	Brian E. Taylor
		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	CAI HOLDING CO.,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Brian E. Taylor

		 	Name:	 	Brian E. Taylor
		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	CONN APPLIANCES, INC.,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Brian E. Taylor

		 	Name:	 	Brian E. Taylor
		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer

 
					
	CONN CREDIT CORPORATION, INC.,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Brian E. Taylor

		 	Name:	 	Brian E. Taylor
		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	CONN LENDING, LLC,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mary Stawikey

		 	Name:	 	Mary Stawikey
		 	Title:	 	President and Secretary
	
	CONN CREDIT I, LP,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	Conn Credit Corporation, Inc.,
		 	its sole general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Brian E. Taylor

		 	Name:	 	Brian E. Taylor
		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
					
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mauri J. Cowen

		 	Name:	 	Mauri J. Cowen
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 APPENDIX A 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND 

ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES 

Section 1. Definitions. 

(a) Capitalized Terms. 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture. The following capitalized terms
have the following meanings: 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving
a Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor
securities clearing agency. 
 “Distribution Compliance Period,” with respect to any Note, means the period of 40
consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day will be promptly given by
the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note. 

“Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.  

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted
Notes Legend. 
 “U.S. person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S. 

  
 Appendix A-1 

 (b) Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Agent Members”
	  	2(c)
	 “Automatic Exchange”
	  	4(j)
	 “Automatic Exchange Date”
	  	4(j)
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice”
	  	4(j)
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	  	4(j)
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	4(e)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2(b)
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	4(e)
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor”
	  	4(e)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2(b)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2(a)
	 “Restricted Notes Legends”
	  	4(e)
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2(a)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2(b)
	 “Securities Act”
	  	4(e)

 Section 2. Form and Dating. 

(a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers and
(ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”). Such Initial Notes
may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S. 
 (b) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes
will be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes will be issued initially in the form of one or more
global Notes, (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes
represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Beneficial ownership interests in the
Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the Global Note or any other Note without a Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. The Rule 144A Global Note,
the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes
as will be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each will provide that it will represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or
decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section
2.06 of this Indenture and Section 2(c) of this Appendix A. 

  
 Appendix A-2 

 (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2(c) will apply only to a Global Note deposited
with or on behalf of the Depositary. 
 The Issuer will execute and the Trustee will, in accordance with this Section 2(c) and Section 2(b)
of this Appendix A and pursuant to an order of the Issuer signed by one Officer of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) will be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global
Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) will be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian. 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) will have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any
Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global
Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein will prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by
the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

(d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 5 of this Appendix A, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not
be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. 
 Section 3. Authentication. 

The Trustee will authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer of the Issuer
(a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes, (c) the Exchange Notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer and
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto and (d) any other Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in accordance with this Indenture.
Such order will specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes or other Unrestricted Global
Notes. 
 Section 4. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a
request: 
 (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

  
 Appendix A-3 

 (ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of
Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar will register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes
surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (1) will be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as
applicable: 
 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of
such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or 

(B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the
reverse side of the Initial Note); or 
 (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side
of the Initial Note) and (y) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legends set forth in Section 4(e)(i) of
this Appendix A. 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive
Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, together with: 
 (i) (A) certification (in the form set
forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred (1) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, or (2) outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of
Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act or (B) such other certification and opinion of counsel as the Issuer will require; and 

(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and
records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such
increase, 

  
 Appendix A-4 

 the Trustee will cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the
standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged
and will credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Global Notes are then outstanding
and the Global Note has not been previously exchanged for certificated securities pursuant to Section 5 of this Appendix A, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an
Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global
Notes. The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the
procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note will deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the
Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note and such account will be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person
making the transfer will be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such
interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, will be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial
Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S, Rule 144 (if available), or another applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and that, if such transfer is being made
prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the interest transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

(i) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another
Global Note, the Registrar will reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so
transferred, and the Registrar will reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 

  
 Appendix A-5 

 (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the
provisions set forth in Section 5 of this Appendix A), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the
Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 

(iii) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 5 of this Appendix A prior to the
consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this
Section 4 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities
Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuer. 
 (d) Restrictions on
Transfer of Regulation S Global Note. (i) Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, (1) the Regulation S Global Note will be a temporary global security for purposes of Rules 903 and 904 under the Securities Act,
whether or not designated as such on the face of such Note and (2) interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the
Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (1) to the Issuer, (2) so long as such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule
144A, to a person whom the selling holder reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (3) in
an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (4) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) or another available exemption and (5) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note will be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written
certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes to the effect that such transfer is being made to a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A. Such written certification will no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. 

(ii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note
will be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of this Indenture. 

  
 Appendix A-6 

 (iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in a permanent Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes to the
effect that such beneficial interests are owned either by non-U.S. persons or by U.S. persons who purchased those interests pursuant to an exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. If no
such Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note is then outstanding, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the
appropriate principal amount. 
 (e) Legends. 

(i) Except as permitted by this Section 4(e), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and
all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) will bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“Restricted Notes
Legend”): 
 THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”),
AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER 

(1) REPRESENTS THAT 
 (A) IT AND
ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, 

(B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) OR 
 (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION
S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND 
 (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY 

(A) TO THE ISSUER, 

  
 Appendix A-7 

 (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

 (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, 

(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, 

(E) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE
TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, OR 

(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2(c) OR 2(d)) ABOVE, A DULY
COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO
REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO
REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 Each Definitive Note
will bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”): 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL
DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

Each Global Note will bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”): 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW

  
 Appendix A-8 

 
YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME
OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE
OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY WILL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY WILL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED
TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the
Registrar will permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder
certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Notes). 

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration
Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes will cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial
Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply. 
 (iv) Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer
with respect to the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial
Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes or
Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer. 
 (v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period of any Initial Note or Additional Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note or Additional Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend will cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or
Additional Note be issued in global form will continue to apply. 
 (vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering
will not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

  
 Appendix A-9 

 (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note will be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.
At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes
represented by such Global Note will be reduced and an adjustment will be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect
such reduction. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate, Definitive
Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge will be made for any registration of
transfer or exchange, but the Issuer or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the
Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such
Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar will be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt and
will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (h) No Obligation
of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee will have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a
member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary 

  
 Appendix A-10 

 
or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other
Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be
made to Holders under the Notes will be given or made only to the registered Holders (which will be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note will be exercised only through the
Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and will be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial
owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee will have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any
restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global
Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (i) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 of this Indenture, the Trustee will authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the
Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as
are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount
of the Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certification as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange
Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of
the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture. 

(j) Automatic Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note for Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note. Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in 

  
 Appendix A-11 

 
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note may at the Issuer’s option be automatically exchanged into
beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to
any Note issued on the Issue Date, the later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Note or (2) with respect to any Additional Note, if any, the later of
(x) the issue date of such Additional Note and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Note, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the
“Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuer may (A) provide written notice to
the Trustee at least ten calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange, instructing the Trustee to direct the Depositary to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note to the
Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuer will have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (B) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address
appearing in the Note Register at least ten calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (I) the Automatic Exchange Date, (II) the section of the Indenture
pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange will occur, (III) the “CUSIP” number of the Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (IV) the “CUSIP”
number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (C) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Global Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes to be exchanged. At the Issuer’s request on no less than five calendar days’
notice, the Trustee will deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice (which will be prepared by the Issuer) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 4, during the ten-day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 4(j) will be permitted without the prior
written consent of the Issuer. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuer will provide, and the Trustee will be entitled to rely upon, an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the
Automatic Exchange will be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act
and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. The Issuer may request from Holders such information it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such Officers’ Certificate. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests
pursuant to this Section 4(j), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes will be increased or 

  
 Appendix A-12 

 
decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting
from the applicable exchange. Any Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange will be canceled following the Automatic Exchange. 

Section 5. Definitive Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2(a) of this Appendix A or issued in
connection with an Exchange Offer will be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such
transfer complies with Section 4 of this Appendix A and (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing
agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or after the Issuer becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) the Issuer, in its sole
discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depository, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of certificated Notes under this Indenture. In addition, any Affiliate of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a
beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Issuer and the Trustee and such Opinions of
Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by this Indenture or the Issuer or Trustee. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is
transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 5 will be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee will authenticate and
deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section will be executed, authenticated
and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary will direct. Any certificated Initial Note or Additional Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered
in exchange for an interest in the Global Note will, except as otherwise provided by Section 4(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

(c) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Sections 5(a) of this Appendix A, the Issuer will promptly make available
to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 Appendix A-13 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Insert the
Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable,
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture] 
 CUSIP [            ] 

ISIN [            ] 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE 

7.250% Senior Notes due 2022 
  

			
	No.         	  	$(        )

 CONN’S, INC. 

promises to pay to [            ] or registered assigns the principal sum of
[            ] Dollars ($        ), [as revised by Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Notes,] on July 15, 2022. 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1 
 Reference is made
to provisions of this Note set forth in the reverse hereof, which further provisions will for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place. 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this
Note will not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purposes. 

  
 A-1 

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	CONN’S, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-2 

 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 

 

			
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	Dated:	 	

  
 A-3 

 [Reverse Side of Note] 

7.250% Senior Notes due 2022 

Capitalized terms used herein will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

1. INTEREST. Conn’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of this Note at the rate of 7.250% per annum [and will pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.]* The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any,
semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including [July 1, 2014]; provided that the first Interest Payment Date will be January 15, 2015. The Issuer will pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest
in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent
lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The
Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest
Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The principal of, and premium, if any, and
interest on, the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and premium, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective
addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all Global
Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the applicable payment date. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the
United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 3. PAYING AGENT AND
REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  

	*	Include for Initial Notes 

  
 A-4 

 4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of July 1,
2014 (the “Indenture”), among Conn’s, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 7.250% Senior Notes due 2022. The Issuer will be
entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
“Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the
express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture will govern and be controlling. 
 5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE.
The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents, and Holders will be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 7. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its
owner for all purposes. 
 8. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or
supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 
 9. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section
6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture. 

[10. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture,
Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2014, among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof
(the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest.]†

  

	†	Include for Initial Notes 

  
 A-5 

 11. GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 12. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of
such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture [and/or the Registration Rights
Agreement]. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address: 
 c/o Conn’s, Inc. 

4055 Technology Forest Boulevard 

The Woodlands, Texas 77381 
 Fax
No.: (877) 303-2445 
 Attention: General Counsel 

  
 A-6 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	  

		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

	
	  

	  

	  

	  

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

			
	 Date:
	 	  

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee‡:
	 	  

  

	‡ 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-7 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 
 Re:
Conn’s, Inc. 7.250% Senior Notes due 2022 – CUSIP [            ] 
 Reference
is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated as of July 1, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among Conn’s, Inc. (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the
“Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
 This certificate
relates to $         principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or definitive form by the undersigned.

 The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an
aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or 

  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

 In
connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the applicable holding period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being
transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
	(1)	 	 ̈	 	to the Issuer or subsidiary thereof; or
			
	(2)	 	 ̈	 	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)	 	 ̈	 	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	 	 ̈	 	inside the United States of America to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a
qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or

  
 A-8 

					
			
	(5)	 	 ̈	 	outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 (and if the transfer is being made
prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
			
	(6)	 	 ̈	 	pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

  
 A-9 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5), or (6) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the
Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  

									
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	Your Signature

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 		 	  

		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee	 		 		 	 Signature of Signature
 Guarantor

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has
received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing
representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

									
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 A-10 

 TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 4(d)(iii) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE 

The undersigned represents and warrants that either: 
  

	 ̈	the undersigned is a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended); or 

  

	 ̈	the undersigned is a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) who purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to,
the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

  

									
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	Signature

  
 A-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below: 
  ̈
Section 4.10             ̈ Section 4.14 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state
the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

									
		  		  	$               	  	 (integral multiples of $1,000, provided that the unpurchased portion must be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000)
	  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

			
	 Date:
	 	  

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 
			
		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee§:
	 	  

  

	§ 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-12 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $        . The following exchanges of
a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of the Global Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase	  	Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form 

  
 A-13 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO
BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
[            ] [    ], 20[    ], among
                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Conn’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer
“), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to
the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of July 1, 2014, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 7.250% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 
 1. Capitalized Terms.
Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2.
Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture in accordance with and subject to the limitations in Article 10 thereof, and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors,
including Article 10 thereof. 
 3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 4. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of
this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Supplemental Indenture by telecopier, facsimile, email or other
electronic transmission (i.e., a “pdf” or “tif”) will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 B-1 

 5. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been
inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

6. The Trustee. The Trustee will not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of
this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer. 

  
 B-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CONN’S, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 B-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00232-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00232-of-00352.parquet"}]]